diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt | 17 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/ToDo.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avcodec.pas | 5686 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avformat.pas | 2356 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avio.pas | 598 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avutil.pas | 324 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas | 283 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/cpu.pas | 118 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/dict.pas | 120 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/error.pas | 157 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/log.pas | 244 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/mathematics.pas | 130 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/mem.pas | 267 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/opt.pas | 614 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/pixfmt.pas | 382 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/samplefmt.pas | 275 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/rational.pas | 207 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/swscale.pas | 486 |
18 files changed, 12275 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e376454 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/How to update the ffmpeg files.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +how to update the ffmpeg files: + +1) cpu.pas + dict.pas + error.pas + log.pas + mathematics.pas + mem.pas + opt.pas + pixfmt.pas + samplefmt.pas +2) rational.pas +3) avutil.pas +4) avcodec.pas +5) avio.pas + swscale.pas +6) avformat.pas
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/ToDo.txt b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/ToDo.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44a1a058 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/ToDo.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +1) avutil.pas + +from mem.pas: +inline function av_x_if_null +inline function av_size_mult + +from log.pas: +inline function av_log +inline function av_log_set_callback +inline function av_log_default_callback +inline function av_dlog diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avcodec.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avcodec.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cdfbbc74 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avcodec.pas @@ -0,0 +1,5686 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavcodec/avcodec.h + * version: 55.18.102 + * + *) + +unit avcodec; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI } + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + {$linklib libavcodec} +{$ENDIF} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + avutil, + rational, + SysUtils, + {$IFDEF UNIX} + BaseUnix, + {$ENDIF} + UConfig; + +const + (* + * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some + * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with + * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes, + * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not + * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might + * occur. + * + * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and + * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable + * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us + * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX. + * + * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to + * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but + * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT + * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED. + * + * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes + * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers. + * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes + * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before + * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid + * fix. + *) + + (* Supported version by this header *) + LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 55; + LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 18; + LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 102; + LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + + (* Min. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 55; + LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 18; + LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 0; + LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavcodec is too old!'} +{$IFEND} + +(* Check if linked version is supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION > LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavcodec is not yet supported!'} +{$IFEND} + +(** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + *) +const +{$ifndef FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS} + FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT} + FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN} + FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO} + FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE} + FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} + +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO} + FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO} + FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS} + FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_COLOR_TABLE_ID} + FF_API_COLOR_TABLE_ID = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_INTER_THRESHOLD} + FF_API_INTER_THRESHOLD = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_SUB_ID} + FF_API_SUB_ID = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_DSP_MASK} + FF_API_DSP_MASK = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT} + FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_CODEC_ID} + FF_API_CODEC_ID = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_VDA_ASYNC} + FF_API_VDA_ASYNC = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} + +{$IFNDEF FPC} +type + // defines for Delphi + size_t = cardinal; +{$ENDIF} + +type + FF_INTERNALC_MEM_TYPE = cuint; + +const + AV_NOPTS_VALUE: cint64 = $8000000000000000; + AV_TIME_BASE = 1000000; + AV_TIME_BASE_Q: TAVRational = (num: 1; den: AV_TIME_BASE); + +(** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of a existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. Give it a value which when taken as ASCII is recognized uniquely by a human as this specific codec. + * This ensures that 2 forks can independently add AVCodecIDs without producing conflicts. + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + *) +type + TAVCodecID = ( + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + //* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1, + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130_DEPRECATED, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M_DEPRECATED, +(** see below. they need to be hard coded. + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX= MKBETAG('B','P','I','X'), + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = MKBETAG('Y','4','1','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130 = MKBETAG('E','1','3','0'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR = MKBETAG('0','E','X','R'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP = MKBETAG('A','V','R','P'), + + AV_CODEC_ID_012V = MKBETAG('0','1','2','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M = MKBETAG( 0 ,'G','2','M'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI = MKBETAG('A','V','U','I'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV = MKBETAG('A','Y','U','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216 = MKBETAG('T','2','1','6'), + AV_CODEC_ID_V308 = MKBETAG('V','3','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_V408 = MKBETAG('V','4','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4 = MKBETAG('Y','U','V','4'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM = MKBETAG('S','A','N','M'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN = MKBETAG('A','V','R','n'), + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA = MKBETAG('C','P','I','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE = MKBETAG('X','F','A','C'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE = MKBETAG('S','G','I','R'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1 = MKBETAG('M','V','C','1'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2 = MKBETAG('M','V','C','2'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW = MKBETAG('S','N','O','W'), + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP = MKBETAG('W','E','B','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG = MKBETAG('S','M','V','J'), + *) + //* various PCM "codecs" */ +// AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = $10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, +(** see below. they need to be hard coded. + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR = MKBETAG(24,'P','S','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR = MKBETAG(32,'P','S','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR = MKBETAG('P','S','P',16), + *) + + //* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = $11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, +(** see below. they need to be hard coded. + AV_CODEC_ID_VIMA = MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = MKBETAG('A','F','C',' '), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI = MKBETAG('O','K','I',' '), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK = MKBETAG('D','T','K',' '), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD = MKBETAG('R','A','D',' '), + *) + + //* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = $12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + //* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = $13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + //* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = $14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + //* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = $15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, { as found in WAV } + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VOXWARE, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS_DEPRECATED, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK_DEPRECATED, +(** see below. they need to be hard coded. + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = MKBETAG('F','F','W','S'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC = MKBETAG('S','O','N','C'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS = MKBETAG('S','O','N','L'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS = MKBETAG('O','P','U','S'), + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK = MKBETAG('t','B','a','K'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC = MKBETAG('s','e','v','c'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV = MKBETAG('s','s','m','v'), + *) + + //* subtitle codecs */ +// AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = $17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, +(** see below. they need to be hard coded. + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = MKBETAG('m','D','V','D'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608 = MKBETAG('c','6','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB = MKBETAG('J','S','U','B'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI = MKBETAG('S','A','M','I'), + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT = MKBETAG('R','T','X','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1 = MKBETAG('S','b','V','1'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER = MKBETAG('S','u','b','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP = MKBETAG('S','R','i','p'), + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT = MKBETAG('W','V','T','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2 = MKBETAG('M','P','L','2'), + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER = MKBETAG('V','P','l','r'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS = MKBETAG('P','h','J','S'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS = MKBETAG('A','S','S',' '), ///< ASS as defined in Matroska + *) + + //* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ +// AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = $18000, +(** see below. they need to be hard coded. + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = MKBETAG('B','T','X','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN = MKBETAG('X','B','I','N'), + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'I','D','F'), + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'O','T','F'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV = MKBETAG('K','L','V','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV = MKBETAG('D','N','A','V'), + *) + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = $19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = $20000, (**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) *) + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = $20001, (**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) *) + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = $21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + +(** hardcoded codecs from above. pascal needs them to be ordered **) + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M = $0047324D, // MKBETAG( 0 ,'G','2','M'), + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF = $00494446, // MKBETAG( 0 ,'I','D','F'), + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF = $004F5446, // MKBETAG( 0 ,'O','T','F'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR = $18505350, // MKBETAG(24,'P','S','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR = $20505350, // MKBETAG(32,'P','S','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_012V = $30313256, // MKBETAG('0','1','2','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR = $30455852, // MKBETAG('0','E','X','R'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = $41464320, // MKBETAG('A','F','C',' '), + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS = $41534B20, // MKBETAG('A','S','S',' '), ///< ASS as defined in Matroska + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP = $41565250, // MKBETAG('A','V','R','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN = $4156526E, // MKBETAG('A','V','R','n'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI = $41565549, // MKBETAG('A','V','U','I'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV = $41595556, // MKBETAG('A','Y','U','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX = $42504958, // MKBETAG('B','P','I','X'), + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = $42545854, // MKBETAG('B','T','X','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA = $43504941, // MKBETAG('C','P','I','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV = $444E4156, // MKBETAG('D','N','A','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK = $44544B20, // MKBETAG('D','T','K',' '), + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130 = $45313330, // MKBETAG('E','1','3','0'), + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = $46465753, // MKBETAG('F','F','W','S'), + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB = $4A535542, // MKBETAG('J','S','U','B'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV = $4B4C5641, // MKBETAG('K','L','V','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2 = $4D504C32, // MKBETAG('M','P','L','2'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1 = $4D564331, // MKBETAG('M','V','C','1'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2 = $4D564332, // MKBETAG('M','V','C','2'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI=$4F4B4920, // MKBETAG('O','K','I',' '), + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS = $4F505553, // MKBETAG('O','P','U','S'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO = $50414641, // MKBETAG('P','A','F','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO = $50414656, // MKBETAG('P','A','F','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR = $50535010, // MKBETAG('P','S','P',16), + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS = $50684A53, // MKBETAG('P','h','J','S'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD = $52414420, // MKBETAG('R','A','D',' '), + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT = $52545854, // MKBETAG('R','T','X','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI = $53414D49, // MKBETAG('S','A','M','I'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM = $53414E4D, // MKBETAG('S','A','N','M'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE = $53474952, // MKBETAG('S','G','I','R'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG = $534D564A, // MKBETAG('S','M','V','J'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW = $534E4F57, // MKBETAG('S','N','O','W'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC = $534F4E43, // MKBETAG('S','O','N','C'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS = $534F4E4C, // MKBETAG('S','O','N','L'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP = $53526970, // MKBETAG('S','R','i','p'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1 = $53625631, // MKBETAG('S','b','V','1'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER = $53756256, // MKBETAG('S','u','b','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216 = $54323136, // MKBETAG('T','2','1','6'), + AV_CODEC_ID_V308 = $56333038, // MKBETAG('V','3','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_V408 = $56413038, // MKBETAG('V','4','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER = $56506C72, // MKBETAG('V','P','l','r'), + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP = $57454250, // MKBETAG('W','E','B','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT = $57565454, // MKBETAG('W','V','T','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN = $5842494E, // MKBETAG('X','B','I','N'), + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE = $58464143, // MKBETAG('X','F','A','C'), + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = $59343150, // MKBETAG('Y','4','1','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4 = $59555634, // MKBETAG('Y','U','V','4'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608 = $63363038, // MKBETAG('c','6','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = $6D445644 // MKBETAG('m','D','V','D') + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC = $73657663, // MKBETAG('s','e','v','c'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV = $73736D76, // MKBETAG('s','s','m','v'), + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK = $7442614B, // MKBETAG('t','B','a','K'), + + ); + +type + TCodecType = TAVMediaType; + +const + CODEC_TYPE_UNKNOWN = AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN; + CODEC_TYPE_VIDEO = AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO; + CODEC_TYPE_AUDIO = AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO; + CODEC_TYPE_DATA = AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA; + CODEC_TYPE_SUBTITLE = AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE; + CODEC_TYPE_ATTACHMENT = AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT; + CODEC_TYPE_NB = AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB; + +(** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_get_descriptor() + *) +type + record AVCodecDescriptor = + id: TAVCodecID; + type_: TAVMediaType; + (** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + *) + name: PAnsiChar; + (** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + *) + long_name: PAnsiChar; + (** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + *) + props: cint; + end; + +const +(** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video codecs only. + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY = 1 << 0; +(** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY = 1 << 1; +(** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS = 1 << 2; +(** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB = 1 << 16; +(** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + *) + AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB = 1 << 17; + +(** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br> + * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + *) + FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE = 16; + +(** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * minimum encoding buffer size. + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + *) + FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE = 16384; + +type +(* + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * motion estimation type. + *) + TMotion_Est_ID = ( + ME_ZERO = 1, ///< no search, that is use 0,0 vector whenever one is needed + ME_FULL, + ME_LOG, + ME_PHODS, + ME_EPZS, ///< enhanced predictive zonal search + ME_X1, ///< reserved for experiments + ME_HEX, ///< hexagon based search + ME_UMH, ///< uneven multi-hexagon search + ME_ITER = 50, ///< iterative search + ME_TESA ///< transformed exhaustive search algorithm + ); + +(** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + *) + TAVDiscard = ( + (* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). + *) + AVDISCARD_NONE = -16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48 ///< discard all + ); + + TAVColorPrimaries = ( + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + + TAVColorTransferCharacteristic = ( + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + + TAVColorSpace = ( + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M_ = 7, + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + + TAVColorRange = ( + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + +(** + * X X 3 4 X X are luma samples, + * 1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + * X X 5 6 X 0 is undefined/unknown position + *) + TAVChromaLocation = ( + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4, h264 default + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1, jpeg, h263 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< DV + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + + TAVAudioServiceType =( + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB ///< Not part of ABI + ); + +(** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + *) + PRcOverride = ^TRcOverride; + TRcOverride = record {16} + start_frame: cint; + end_frame: cint; + qscale: cint; // if this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead + quality_factor: cfloat; + end; + +const + FF_MAX_B_FRAMES = 16; + +(* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*) + +(** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + *) + CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED = $0001; + CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE = $0002; ///< Use fixed qscale. + CODEC_FLAG_4MV = $0004; ///< 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H263. + CODEC_FLAG_QPEL = $0010; ///< use qpel MC. + CODEC_FLAG_GMC = $0020; ///< use GMC. + CODEC_FLAG_MV0 = $0040; ///< always try a MB with MV=<0,0>. + (** + * The parent program guarantees that the input for B-frames containing + * streams is not written to for at least s->max_b_frames+1 frames, if + * this is not set the input will be copied. + *) + CODEC_FLAG_INPUT_PRESERVED = $0100; + CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 = $0200; ///< use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode + CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 = $0400; ///< use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode + CODEC_FLAG_GRAY = $2000; ///< only decode/encode grayscale + CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE = $4000; ///< don't draw edges + CODEC_FLAG_PSNR = $8000; ///< error[?] variables will be set during encoding + CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED = $00010000; //** input bitstream might be truncated at a random + // location instead of only at frame boundaries */ + CODEC_FLAG_NORMALIZE_AQP = $00020000; ///< normalize adaptive quantization + CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT = $00040000; ///< use interlaced dct + CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY = $00080000; ///< force low delay + CODEC_FLAG_ALT_SCAN = $00100000; ///< use alternate scan + CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER = $00400000; ///< place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe + CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT = $00800000; ///< use only bitexact stuff (except (i)dct) + (* Fx : Flag for h263+ extra options *) + CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED = $01000000; ///< H263 Advanced intra coding / MPEG4 AC prediction + CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER = $00000800; ///< loop filter + CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME = $20000000; ///< interlaced motion estimation + CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP = $80000000; + CODEC_FLAG2_FAST = $00000001; ///< allow non spec compliant speedup tricks + CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT = $00000004; ///< skip bitstream encoding + CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER = $00000008; ///< place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata + CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE = $00002000; ///< timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! + CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP = $00010000; ///< Discard cropping information from SPS. + + CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS = $00008000; ///< Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries instead of only at frame boundaries. + CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL = $00400000; ///< Show all frames before the first keyframe + +(* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independant Segment Decoding *) +(* /Fx *) +(* codec capabilities *) + + CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND = $0001; ///< decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback + +(** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + *) + CODEC_CAP_DR1 = $0002; + CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED = $0008; + +(* codec can export data for HW decoding (XvMC) *) + CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL = $0010; + +(** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + *) + CODEC_CAP_DELAY = $0020; + +(** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + *) + CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME = $0040; + +(** + * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU). + *) + CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU = $0080; + +(** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carring such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + *) + CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES = $0100; + +(** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + *) + CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL = $0200; + +(** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + *) + CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF = $0400; + +(** + * Codec is able to deal with negative linesizes + *) + CODEC_CAP_NEG_LINESIZES = $0800; + +(** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + *) + CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS = $1000; + +(** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + *) + CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS = $2000; + +(** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + *) + CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE = $4000; + +(** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + *) + CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS = $8000; + +(** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + *) + CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE = $10000; + +(** + * Codec is lossless. + *) + CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS = $80000000; + + //the following defines may change, don't expect compatibility if you use them + MB_TYPE_INTRA4x4 = $001; + MB_TYPE_INTRA16x16 = $002; //FIXME h264 specific + MB_TYPE_INTRA_PCM = $004; //FIXME h264 specific + MB_TYPE_16x16 = $008; + MB_TYPE_16x8 = $010; + MB_TYPE_8x16 = $020; + MB_TYPE_8x8 = $040; + MB_TYPE_INTERLACED = $080; + MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 = $100; //FIXME + MB_TYPE_ACPRED = $200; + MB_TYPE_GMC = $400; + MB_TYPE_SKIP = $800; + MB_TYPE_P0L0 = $1000; + MB_TYPE_P1L0 = $2000; + MB_TYPE_P0L1 = $4000; + MB_TYPE_P1L1 = $8000; + MB_TYPE_L0 = (MB_TYPE_P0L0 or MB_TYPE_P1L0); + MB_TYPE_L1 = (MB_TYPE_P0L1 or MB_TYPE_P1L1); + MB_TYPE_L0L1 = (MB_TYPE_L0 or MB_TYPE_L1); + MB_TYPE_QUANT = $0010000; + MB_TYPE_CBP = $0020000; + //Note bits 24-31 are reserved for codec specific use (h264 ref0, mpeg1 0mv, ...) + +type +(** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + *) + PAVPanScan = ^TAVPanScan; + TAVPanScan = record {24} + (*** id. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *) + id: cint; + + (*** width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *) + width: cint; + height: cint; + + (*** position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *) + position: array [0..2] of array [0..1] of cint16; + end; {TAVPanScan} + +const + FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG1 = 0; + FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG2 = 1; + FF_QSCALE_TYPE_H264 = 2; + FF_QSCALE_TYPE_VP56 = 3; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_GET_BUFFER} + FF_BUFFER_TYPE_INTERNAL = 1; + FF_BUFFER_TYPE_USER = 2; ///< Direct rendering buffers (image is (de)allocated by user) + FF_BUFFER_TYPE_SHARED = 4; ///< buffer from somewhere else, don't dealloc image (data/base), all other tables are not shared + FF_BUFFER_TYPE_COPY = 8; ///< just a (modified) copy of some other buffer, don't dealloc anything. + + FF_BUFFER_HINTS_VALID = $01; // Buffer hints value is meaningful (if 0 ignore) + FF_BUFFER_HINTS_READABLE = $02; // Codec will read from buffer + FF_BUFFER_HINTS_PRESERVE = $04; // User must not alter buffer content + FF_BUFFER_HINTS_REUSABLE = $08; // Codec will reuse the buffer (update) +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + *) + AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF = 1 << 0; + + FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT = -1; + + FF_ASPECT_EXTENDED = 15; + + FF_RC_STRATEGY_XVID = 1; + + FF_PRED_LEFT = 0; + FF_PRED_PLANE = 1; + FF_PRED_MEDIAN = 2; + + FF_CMP_SAD = 0; + FF_CMP_SSE = 1; + FF_CMP_SATD = 2; + FF_CMP_DCT = 3; + FF_CMP_PSNR = 4; + FF_CMP_BIT = 5; + FF_CMP_RD = 6; + FF_CMP_ZERO = 7; + FF_CMP_VSAD = 8; + FF_CMP_VSSE = 9; + FF_CMP_NSSE = 10; + FF_CMP_W53 = 11; + FF_CMP_W97 = 12; + FF_CMP_DCTMAX = 13; + FF_CMP_DCT264 = 14; + FF_CMP_CHROMA = 256; + + FF_DTG_AFD_SAME = 8; + FF_DTG_AFD_4_3 = 9; + FF_DTG_AFD_16_9 = 10; + FF_DTG_AFD_14_9 = 11; + FF_DTG_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13; + FF_DTG_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14; + FF_DTG_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15; + + FF_DEFAULT_QUANT_BIAS = 999999; + + SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER = $0001; ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display + SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD = $0002; ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG2 field pics) + SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE = $0004; ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE = 0; ///< uses mb_cmp + FF_MB_DECISION_BITS = 1; ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits + FF_MB_DECISION_RD = 2; ///< rate distortion + + FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC = 0; + FF_CODER_TYPE_AC = 1; + FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW = 2; + FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE = 3; + FF_CODER_TYPE_DEFLATE = 4; + + FF_BUG_AUTODETECT = 1; ///< autodetection + FF_BUG_OLD_MSMPEG4 = 2; + FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE = 4; + FF_BUG_UMP4 = 8; + FF_BUG_NO_PADDING = 16; + FF_BUG_AMV = 32; + FF_BUG_AC_VLC = 0; ///< will be removed, libavcodec can now handle these non compliant files by default + FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA = 64; + FF_BUG_STD_QPEL = 128; + FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 = 256; + FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE = 512; + FF_BUG_EDGE = 1024; + FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA = 2048; + FF_BUG_DC_CLIP = 4096; + FF_BUG_MS = 8192; ///< workaround various bugs in microsofts broken decoders + FF_BUG_TRUNCATED = 16384; + + FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT = 2; ///< strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software + FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT = 1; ///< strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences + FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL = 0; + FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL = -1; ///< Allow unofficial extensions + FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL = -2; ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + FF_EC_GUESS_MVS = 1; + FF_EC_DEBLOCK = 2; + + FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO = 1; + FF_DEBUG_RC = 2; + FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM = 4; + FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE = 8; + FF_DEBUG_QP = 16; + FF_DEBUG_MV = 32; + FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF = $00000040; + FF_DEBUG_SKIP = $00000080; + FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE = $00000100; + FF_DEBUG_PTS = $00000200; + FF_DEBUG_ER = $00000400; + FF_DEBUG_MMCO = $00000800; + FF_DEBUG_BUGS = $00001000; + FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP = $00002000; + FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE = $00004000; + FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS = $00008000; + + FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR = $00000001; //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames + FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR = $00000002; //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames + FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK = $00000004; //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames + + AV_EF_CRCCHECK = 1; + AV_EF_BITSTREAM = 2; + AV_EF_BUFFER = 4; + AV_EF_EXPLODE = 8; + + AV_EF_CAREFUL = 65536; + AV_EF_COMPLIANT = 131072; + AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE = 262144; + + FF_DCT_AUTO = 0; + FF_DCT_FASTINT = 1; + FF_DCT_INT = 2; + FF_DCT_MMX = 3; + FF_DCT_MLIB = 4; + FF_DCT_ALTIVEC = 5; + FF_DCT_FAAN = 6; + + FF_IDCT_AUTO = 0; + FF_IDCT_INT = 1; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLE = 2; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX = 3; + FF_IDCT_ARM = 7; + FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC = 8; + FF_IDCT_SH4 = 9; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM = 10; + FF_IDCT_IPP = 13; + FF_IDCT_XVIDMMX = 14; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE= 16; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 = 17; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEVIS = 18; + FF_IDCT_FAAN = 20; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON = 22; + FF_IDCT_SIMPLEALPHA = 23; + + FF_THREAD_FRAME = 1; ///< Decode more than one frame at once + FF_THREAD_SLICE = 2; ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN = -99; + FF_PROFILE_RESERVED = -100; + + FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN = 0; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW = 1; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR = 2; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP = 3; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE = 4; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 = 28; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD = 22; + FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD = 38; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW = 128; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE = 131; + + FF_PROFILE_DTS = 20; + FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES = 30; + FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 = 40; + FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA = 50; + FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA = 60; + + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 = 0; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH = 1; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS = 2; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE = 3; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN = 4; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE= 5; + + FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED = (1 shl 9); // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag + FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA = (1 shl 11); // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + + FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE = 66; + FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE = (66 or FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED); + FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN = 77; + FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED = 88; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH = 100; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 = 110; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA = (110 or FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA); + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 = 122; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA = (122 or FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA); + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 = 144; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE = 244; + FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA = (244 or FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA); + FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 = 44; + + FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE = 0; + FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN = 1; + FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX = 2; + FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED = 3; + + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE = 0; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE = 1; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE = 2; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN = 3; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT = 4; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE = 5; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION = 6; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE = 7; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID = 8; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME = 9; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE = 10; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING = 11; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE = 12; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE = 13; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO = 14; + FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE = 15; + + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 = 0; + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 = 1; + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION = 2; + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K = 3; + FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K = 4; + + FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN = -99; + +type + AVPacketSideDataType = ( + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + (** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + (** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + (** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES=70, + + (** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + (** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + (** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + (** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + (** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + (** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + *) + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS + ); + + TAVPacketSideDataType = record + data: PByte; + size: cint; + type_: AVPacketSideDataType; + end; + PAVPacketSideDataType = ^TAVPacketSideDataType; + +(** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. + * + * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public + * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it + * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf or destruct (deprecated) + * fields. If either is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until av_free_packet() is called (which in turn calls + * av_buffer_unref()/the destruct callback to free the data). If neither is set, + * the packet data is typically backed by some static buffer somewhere and is + * only valid for a limited time (e.g. until the next read call when demuxing). + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc() and is freed in + * av_free_packet(). + *) + PAVPacket = ^TAVPacket; + TAVPacket = record + (** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + *) + buf: PAVBufferRef; + (* + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + *) + pts: cint64; + (* + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + *) + dts: cint64; + data: PByteArray; + size: cint; + stream_index: cint; + (** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + *) + flags: cint; + (** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + *) + side_data: PAVPacketSideDataType; + side_data_elems: cint; + (* + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + *) + duration: cint; +{$IFDEF FF_API_DESTRUCT_PACKET} + destruct: procedure (para1: PAVPacket); cdecl; + priv: pointer; +{$ENDIF} + + pos: cint64; // byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + + (* + * Time difference in AVStream->time_base units from the pts of this + * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged + * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the + * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from + * the very first frame or from this keyframe. + * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. + * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY + * set. + * + * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no + * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the + * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also + * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all + * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking. + *) + convergence_duration: cint64; + end; {TAVPacket} + +const + AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY = $0001; ///< The packet contains a keyframe + AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT = $0002; ///< The packet content is corrupted + + AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS = 8; + +type + AVSideDataParamChangeFlags = ( + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = $0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = $0002, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = $0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = $0008 + ); + +{ This is removed in avcodec.h. For the time being (2013) only commented +const + FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM = 1; + FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE = 2; +} + +type + PAVCodecContext = ^TAVCodecContext; + +{ This is removed in avcodec.h. For the time being (2013) only commented +(** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using avcodec_alloc_frame() and freed with + * avcodec_free_frame(). Note that this allocates only the AVFrame itself. The + * buffers for the data must be managed through other means. + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, avcodec_get_frame_defaults() should be used to + * reset the frame to its original clean state before it is reused again. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by + * av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields + * without breaking compatibility with each other. + *) + PAVFrame = ^TAVFrame; + TAVFrame = record + (** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + *) + data: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of pbyte; + + (** + * Size, in bytes, of the data for each picture/channel plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + *) + linesize: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint; + + (** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set by get_buffer(), + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used by the decoder in order to access all + * channels. + * + * encoding: set by user + * decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + *) + extended_data: pointer of pbyte; + + (** + * width and height of the video frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + width, height: cint; + + (** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + nb_samples: cint; + + (** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + format: cint; + + (** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + key_frame: cint; + + (** + * Picture type of the frame, see ?_TYPE below. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input). + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + pict_type: TAVPictureType; + + (** + * pointer to the first allocated byte of the picture. Can be used in get_buffer/release_buffer. + * This isn't used by libavcodec unless the default get/release_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: + * - decoding: + *) + base: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of pbyte; + + (** + * sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational; + + (** + * presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user) + * If AV_NOPTS_VALUE then frame_rate = 1/time_base will be assumed. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + pts: cint64; + + (** + * pts copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_pts: cint64; + + (** + * dts copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_dts: cint64; + + (** + * picture number in bitstream order + * - encoding: set by + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + coded_picture_number: cint; + + (** + * picture number in display order + * - encoding: set by + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + display_picture_number: cint; + + (** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input). + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + quality: cint; + + (** + * is this picture used as reference + * The values for this are the same as the MpegEncContext.picture_structure + * variable, that is 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame/both fields. + * Set to 4 for delayed, non-reference frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)). + *) + reference: cint; + + (** + * QP table + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + qscale_table: PShortint; + + (** + * QP store stride + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + qstride: cint; + + (** + * + *) + qscale_type: cint; + + (** + * mbskip_table[mb]>=1 if MB didn't change + * stride= mb_width = (width+15)>>4 + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + mbskip_table: pbyte; + + (** + * motion vector table + * @code + * example: + * int mv_sample_log2= 4 - motion_subsample_log2; + * int mb_width= (width+15)>>4; + * int mv_stride= (mb_width << mv_sample_log2) + 1; + * motion_val[direction][x + y*mv_stride][0->mv_x, 1->mv_y]; + * @endcode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + //int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2]; + motion_val: array [0..1] of pointer; + + (** + * macroblock type table + * mb_type_base + mb_width + 2 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + mb_type: PCuint; + + (** + * DCT coefficients + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + dct_coeff: PsmallInt; + + (** + * motion reference frame index + * the order in which these are stored can depend on the codec. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + ref_index: array [0..1] of PShortint; + + (** + * for some private data of the user + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + opaque: pointer; + + (** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + *) + error: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cuint64; + + (** + * type of the buffer (to keep track of who has to deallocate data[*]) + * - encoding: Set by the one who allocates it. + * - decoding: Set by the one who allocates it. + * Note: User allocated (direct rendering) & internal buffers cannot coexist currently. + *) + type_: cint; + + (** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + repeat_pict: cint; + + (** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0) + *) + interlaced_frame: cint; + + (** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + top_field_first: cint; + + (** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + * - encoding: ??? (no palette-enabled encoder yet) + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0). + *) + palette_has_changed: cint; + + (** + * codec suggestion on buffer type if != 0 + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)). + *) + buffer_hints: cint; + + (** + * Pan scan. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + pan_scan: PAVPanScan; + + (** + * reordered opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) from AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + reordered_opaque: cint64; + + (** + * hardware accelerator private data (FFmpeg allocated) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + hwaccel_picture_private: pointer; + + (** + * the AVCodecContext which ff_thread_get_buffer() was last called on + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + owner: PAVCodecContext; + + (** + * used by multithreading to store frame-specific info + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + thread_opaque: pointer; + + (** + * log2 of the size of the block which a single vector in motion_val represents: + * (4->16x16, 3->8x8, 2-> 4x4, 1-> 2x2) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + motion_subsample_log2: cuint8; + + (** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: read by user + *) + sample_rate: cint; + + (** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: read by user. + *) + channel_layout: cuint64; + + (** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + *) + best_effort_timestamp: cint64; + + (** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_pos: cint64; + + (** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + pkt_duration: cint64; + + (** + * metadata. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_metadata(frame) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + metadata: PAVDictionary; + + (** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + *) + decode_error_flags: cint; + + (** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_channels(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + *) + channels: cint; + + (** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and + * av_frame_set_pkt_size(). + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + *) + pkt_size: cint; + end; (** TAVFrame **) + +(** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. + * The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI, + * they should not be accessed directly outside libavcodec. + *) +function av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_get_pkt_duration (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_get_pkt_pos (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint64; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_get_channel_layout (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint64); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_channels (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_channels (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_sample_rate (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_sample_rate (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_metadata (frame: {const} PAVFrame): PAVDictionary; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_metadata (frame: PAVFrame; val: PAVDictionary); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; +function av_frame_get_pkt_size(frame: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +procedure av_frame_set_pkt_size(frame: PAVFrame; val: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; +} + +type + TAVCodecInternal = record + end; + PAVCodecInternal = ^TAVCodecInternal; + + PAVClass = ^TAVClass; + + PPAVCodec = ^PAVCodec; + PAVCodec = ^TAVCodec; + + PAVHWAccel = ^TAVHWAccel; + + // int[4] + PAVNDPArray = ^TAVNDPArray; + TAVNDPArray = array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint; + // int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg) + TExecuteFunc = function(c2: PAVCodecContext; arg: Pointer): cint; cdecl; + // int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr) + TExecute2Func = function(c2: PAVCodecContext; arg: Pointer; jobnr: cint; threadnr: cint): cint; cdecl; + + TAVFieldOrder = ( + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first + ); + +(** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * Please use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + *) + TAVCodecContext = record {720} + (** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + *) + av_class: PAVClass; + log_level_offset: cint; + + codec_type: TAVMediaType; (* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx *) + codec: PAVCodec; + codec_name: array [0..31] of AnsiChar; + codec_id: TAVCodecID; (* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx *) + + (** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + *) + codec_tag: cuint; + + (** + * fourcc from the AVI stream header (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + *) + stream_codec_tag: cuint; + + priv_data: pointer; + + (** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + *) + internal: PAVCodecInternal; + + (** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + opaque: pointer; + + (** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. 0 or some bitrate if this info is available in the stream. + *) + bit_rate: cint; + + (** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + *) + bit_rate_tolerance: cint; + + (** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + global_quality: cint; + + (** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + compression_level: cint; + + (** + * CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + flags: cint; + + (** + * CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + flags2: cint; + + (** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * mjpeg: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * mpeg4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + *) + extradata: pbyte; + extradata_size: cint; + + (** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + time_base: TAVRational; + + (** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + *) + ticks_per_frame: cint; + + (** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this is the number of "priming" samples added to the + * beginning of the stream. The decoded output will be delayed by this + * many samples relative to the input to the encoder. Note that this + * field is purely informational and does not directly affect the pts + * output by the encoder, which should always be based on the actual + * presentation time, including any delay. + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + delay: cint; + + (* video only *) + (** + * picture width / height. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required. + *) + width, height: cint; + + (** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required. + *) + coded_width, coded_height: cint; + + (** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + gop_size: cint; + + (** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec if known + *) + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + + (** + * Motion estimation algorithm used for video coding. + * 1 (zero), 2 (full), 3 (log), 4 (phods), 5 (epzs), 6 (x1), 7 (hex), + * 8 (umh), 9 (iter), 10 (tesa) [7, 8, 10 are x264 specific, 9 is snow specific] + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_method: cint; + + (** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + *) + draw_horiz_band: procedure (s: PAVCodecContext; + src: {const} PAVFrame; offset: PAVNDPArray; + y: cint; type_: cint; height: cint); cdecl; + + (** + * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat + * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, + * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. + * The first is always the native one. + * @return the chosen format + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. + *) + get_format: function (s: PAVCodecContext; fmt: {const} PAVPixelFormat): TAVPixelFormat; cdecl; + + (** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + max_b_frames: cint; + + (** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + b_quant_factor: cfloat; + + (** obsolete FIXME remove *) + rc_strategy: cint; + + b_frame_strategy: cint; + + (** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + b_quant_offset: cfloat; + + (** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + has_b_frames: cint; + + (** + * 0-> h263 quant 1-> mpeg quant + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mpeg_quant: cint; + + (** + * qscale factor between P and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last p frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + i_quant_factor: cfloat; + + (** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + i_quant_offset: cfloat; + + (** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + lumi_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + temporal_cplx_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + spatial_cplx_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + p_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + dark_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + *) + slice_count: cint; + + (** + * prediction method (needed for huffyuv) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + prediction_method: cint; + + (** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + *) + slice_offset: PCint; + + (** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational; + + (** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_cmp: cint; + + (** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_sub_cmp: cint; + (** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mb_cmp: cint; + (** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + ildct_cmp: cint; + + (** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + dia_size: cint; + + (** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + last_predictor_count: cint; + + (** + * prepass for motion estimation + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + pre_me: cint; + + (** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_pre_cmp: cint; + + (** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + pre_dia_size: cint; + + (** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_subpel_quality: cint; + + (** + * DTG active format information (additional aspect ratio + * information only used in DVB MPEG-2 transport streams) + * 0 if not set. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by decoder. + *) + dtg_active_format: cint; + + (** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_range: cint; + + (** + * intra quantizer bias + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + intra_quant_bias: cint; + + (** + * inter quantizer bias + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + inter_quant_bias: cint; + + (** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + slice_flags: cint; + + (** + * XVideo Motion Acceleration + * - encoding: forbidden + * - decoding: set by decoder + *) + xvmc_acceleration: cint; + + (** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mb_decision: cint; + + (** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + intra_matrix: PWord; + + (** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + inter_matrix: PWord; + + (** + * scene change detection threshold + * 0 is default, larger means fewer detected scene changes. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + scenechange_threshold: cint; + + (** + * noise reduction strength + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + noise_reduction: cint; + + (** + * Motion estimation threshold below which no motion estimation is + * performed, but instead the user specified motion vectors are used. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_threshold: cint; + + (** + * Macroblock threshold below which the user specified macroblock types will be used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mb_threshold: cint; + + (** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + intra_dc_precision: cint; + + (** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_top: cint; + + (** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_bottom: cint; + + (** + * Border processing masking, raises the quantizer for mbs on the borders + * of the picture. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + border_masking: cfloat; + + (** + * minimum MB lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mb_lmin: cint; + + (** + * maximum MB lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mb_lmax: cint; + + (** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + me_penalty_compensation: cint; + + (** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + bidir_refine: cint; + + (** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + brd_scale: cint; + + (** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + keyint_min: cint; + + (** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + *) + refs: cint; + + (** + * chroma qp offset from luma + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + chromaoffset: cint; + + (** + * Multiplied by qscale for each frame and added to scene_change_score. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + scenechange_factor: cint; + + (** + * + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + mv0_threshold: cint; + + (** + * Adjust sensitivity of b_frame_strategy 1. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + b_sensitivity: cint; + + (** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + color_primaries: TAVColorPrimaries; + + (** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + color_trc: TAVColorTransferCharacteristic; + + (** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + colorspace: TAVColorSpace; + + (** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + color_range: TAVColorRange; + + (** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + chroma_sample_location: TAVChromaLocation; + + (** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + *) + slices: cint; + + (** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + field_order: TAVFieldOrder; + + (* audio only *) + sample_rate: cint; ///< samples per second + channels: cint; ///< number of audio channels + + (** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; ///< sample format + + (* The following data should not be initialized. *) + (** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + *) + frame_size: cint; + + (** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + *) + frame_number: cint; ///< audio or video frame number + + (** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + *) + block_align: cint; + + (** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + cutoff: cint; + +{$IF FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS} + (** + * Decoder should decode to this many channels if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of request_channel_layout. + *) + request_channels: cint; {deprecated} +{$IFEND} + + (** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + *) + channel_layout: cuint64; + + (** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + request_channel_layout: cuint64; + + (** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + audio_service_type: TAVAudioServiceType; + + (** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + *) + request_sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_GET_BUFFER} + (** + * Called at the beginning of each frame to get a buffer for it. + * + * The function will set AVFrame.data[], AVFrame.linesize[]. + * AVFrame.extended_data[] must also be set, but it should be the same as + * AVFrame.data[] except for planar audio with more channels than can fit + * in AVFrame.data[]. In that case, AVFrame.data[] shall still contain as + * many data pointers as it can hold. + * + * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * AVFrame.data[] should be 32- or 16-byte-aligned unless the CPU doesn't + * need it. avcodec_default_get_buffer() aligns the output buffer properly, + * but if get_buffer() is overridden then alignment considerations should + * be taken into account. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer() + * + * Video: + * + * If pic.reference is set then the frame will be read later by libavcodec. + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * it may be called from a different thread, but not from more than one at + * once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see release_buffer(), reget_buffer() + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * Decoders cannot use the buffer after returning from + * avcodec_decode_audio4(), so they will not call release_buffer(), as it + * is assumed to be released immediately upon return. In some rare cases, + * a decoder may need to call get_buffer() more than once in a single + * call to avcodec_decode_audio4(). In that case, when get_buffer() is + * called again after it has already been called once, the previously + * acquired buffer is assumed to be released at that time and may not be + * reused by the decoder. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * + * @deprecated use get_buffer2() + *) + get_buffer: function (c: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint; cdecl; {deprecated;} + + (** + * Called to release buffers which were allocated with get_buffer. + * A released buffer can be reused in get_buffer(). + * pic.data[*] must be set to NULL. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * + * @deprecated custom freeing callbacks should be set from get_buffer2() + *) + release_buffer: procedure (c: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame); cdecl; {deprecated;} + + (** + * Called at the beginning of a frame to get cr buffer for it. + * Buffer type (size, hints) must be the same. libavcodec won't check it. + * libavcodec will pass previous buffer in pic, function should return + * same buffer or new buffer with old frame "painted" into it. + * If pic.data[0] == NULL must behave like get_buffer(). + * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then reget_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_reget_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override + *) + reget_buffer: function (c: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint; cdecl; {deprecated;} +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise exended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * If CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is not set in s->flags, the buffer must contain an + * edge of the size returned by avcodec_get_edge_width() on all sides. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more + * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + *) + get_buffer2: function (s: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame; flags: cint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from + * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted + * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with + * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore. + * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are + * only valid until the next decode call. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). + *) + refcounted_frames: cint; + + (* - encoding parameters *) + qcompress: cfloat; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + qblur: cfloat; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + (** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + qmin: cint; + + (** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + qmax: cint; + + (** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + max_qdiff: cint; + + (** + * ratecontrol qmin qmax limiting method + * 0-> clipping, 1-> use a nice continuous function to limit qscale wthin qmin/qmax. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_qsquish: cfloat; + + rc_qmod_amp: cfloat; + rc_qmod_freq: cint; + + (** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_buffer_size: cint; + (** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_override_count: cint; + rc_override: PRcOverride; + + (** + * rate control equation + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_eq: {const} PAnsiChar; + + (** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_max_rate: cint; + + (** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_min_rate: cint; + + rc_buffer_aggressivity: cfloat; + + (** + * initial complexity for pass1 ratecontrol + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_initial_cplx: cfloat; + + (** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + *) + rc_max_available_vbv_use: cfloat; + + (** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + *) + rc_min_vbv_overflow_use: cfloat; + + (** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + rc_initial_buffer_occupancy: cint; + + (** + * coder type + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + coder_type: cint; + + (** + * context model + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + context_model: cint; + + (** + * minimum Lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + lmin: cint; + + (** + * maximum Lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + lmax: cint; + + (** + * frame skip threshold + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + frame_skip_threshold: cint; + + (** + * frame skip factor + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + frame_skip_factor: cint; + + (** + * frame skip exponent + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + frame_skip_exp: cint; + + (** + * frame skip comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + frame_skip_cmp: cint; + + (** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + trellis: cint; + + (** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + min_prediction_order: cint; + + (** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + max_prediction_order: cint; + + (** + * GOP timecode frame start number, in non drop frame format + * - encoding: Set by user, in non drop frame format + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec (timecode in the 25 bits format, -1 if unset) + *) + timecode_frame_start: cint64; + + (* The RTP callback: This function is called *) + (* every time the encoder has a packet to send *) + (* Depends on the encoder if the data starts *) + (* with a Start Code (it should) H.263 does. *) + (* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks *) + (* encoded in the RTP payload *) + rtp_callback: procedure (avctx: PAVCodecContext; data: pointer; + size: cint; mb_nb: cint); cdecl; + + rtp_payload_size: cint; (* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will *) + (* do it's best to deliver a chunk with size *) + (* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start *) + (* with a start code on some codecs like H.263 *) + (* This doesn't take account of any particular *) + (* headers inside the transmited RTP payload *) + + (* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding *) + mv_bits: cint; + header_bits: cint; + i_tex_bits: cint; + p_tex_bits: cint; + i_count: cint; + p_count: cint; + skip_count: cint; + misc_bits: cint; + + (** + * number of bits used for the previously encoded frame + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + *) + frame_bits: cint; + + (** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + *) + stats_out: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + stats_in: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + *) + workaround_bugs: cint; + + (** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + *) + strict_std_compliance: cint; + + (** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + error_concealment: cint; + + (** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + debug: cint; + + (** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + debug_mv: cint; + + (** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + err_recognition: cint; + + (** + * opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + reordered_opaque: cint64; + + (** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + *) + hwaccel: PAVHWAccel; + + (** + * Hardware accelerator context. + * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be + * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent + * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the + * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this + * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + *) + hwaccel_context: pointer; + + (** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + *) + error: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cuint64; + + (** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + dct_algo: cint; + + (** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + idct_algo: cint; + + (** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + bits_per_coded_sample: cint; + + (** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + *) + bits_per_raw_sample: cint; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_LOWRES} + (** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_lowres(avctx) + *) + lowres: cint; +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * the picture in the bitstream + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + coded_frame: PAVFrame; + + (** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + thread_count: cint; + + (** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + *) + thread_type: cint; + + (** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + active_thread_type: cint; + + (** + * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called + * from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. + * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. + * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + thread_safe_callbacks: cint; + + (** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + *) + execute: function (c: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; ret: PCint; count: cint; size: cint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + *) + execute2: function (c: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecute2Func; arg2: Pointer; ret: Pcint; count: cint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * thread opaque + * Can be used by execute() to store some per AVCodecContext stuff. + * - encoding: set by execute() + * - decoding: set by execute() + *) + thread_opaque: pointer; + + (** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparsion function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + nsse_weight: cint; + + (** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + profile: cint; + + (** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + *) + level: cint; + + (** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_loop_filter: TAVDiscard; + + (** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_idct: TAVDiscard; + + (** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + skip_frame: TAVDiscard; + + (** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + *) + subtitle_header: Pcuint8; + subtitle_header_size: cint; + + (** + * Simulates errors in the bitstream to test error concealment. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + *) + error_rate: cint; + + (** + * Current packet as passed into the decoder, to avoid having + * to pass the packet into every function. Currently only valid + * inside lavc and get/release_buffer callbacks. + * - decoding: set by avcodec_decode_*, read by get_buffer() for setting pkt_pts + * - encoding: unused + *) + pkt: PAVPacket; + + (** + * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). + * Used for compliant TS muxing. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused. + *) + vbv_delay: cuint64; + + (** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_pkt_timebase(avctx) + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user + *) + pkt_timebase: PAVRational; + + (** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_codec_descriptor(avctx) + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + *) + codec_descriptor: PAVCodecDescriptor; + +{$IFNDEF FF_API_LOWRES} + (** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_codec_{get,set}_lowres(avctx) + *) + lowres: cint; +{$ENDIF} + + (** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + *) + pts_correction_num_faulty_pts: cint64; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + pts_correction_num_faulty_dts: cint64; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + pts_correction_last_pts: cint64; /// PTS of the last frame + pts_correction_last_dts: cint64; /// DTS of the last frame + + (** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + *) + sub_charenc: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + *) + sub_charenc_mode: cint; + end; {TAVCodecContext} + +const + FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING = -1; ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) + FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC = 0; ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself + FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER = 1; ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv + + function av_codec_get_pkt_timebase(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): TAVRational; + procedure av_codec_set_pkt_timebase(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext; val: TAVRational); + + function av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): PAVCodecDescriptor; + procedure av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext; desc: {const} PAVCodecDescriptor); + + function av_codec_get_lowres(avctx: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint; + procedure av_codec_set_lowres(avctx: PAVCodecContext; val: cint); + +type + (** + * AVProfile. + *) + PAVProfile = ^TAVProfile; + TAVProfile = record + profile: cint; + name: {const} PAnsiChar; ///< short name for the profile + end; {TAVProfile} + + TAVSubtitle = record + end; + +(** + * AVCodec. + *) + TAVCodec = record + (** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + *) + name: PAnsiChar; + (** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + *) + long_name: {const} PAnsiChar; + type_: TAVMediaType; + id: TAVCodecID; + (** + * Codec capabilities. + * see CODEC_CAP_* + *) + capabilities: cint; + supported_framerates: {const} PAVRational; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + pix_fmts: {const} PAVPixelFormat; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + supported_samplerates: {const} PCint; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + sample_fmts: {const} PAVSampleFormatArray; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + channel_layouts: {const} PCuint64; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + max_lowres: byte; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + priv_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< AVClass for the private context + profiles: {const} PAVProfile; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + (***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + priv_data_size: cint; + next: PAVCodec; + (** + * @name Frame-level threading support functions + * @{ + *) + (** + * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. + * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. + * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. + *) + init_thread_copy: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): Pcint; cdecl; + (** + * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. + * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec + * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). + * + * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. + *) + update_thread_context: function (dst: PAVCodecContext; src: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + (** @} *) + + (** + * Private codec-specific defaults. + *) + defaults: {const} pointer; + + (** + * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). + *) + init_static_data: procedure (codec: PAVCodec); cdecl; + + init: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + encode_sub: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint; + sub: {const} PAVSubtitle): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Encode data to an AVPacket. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a + * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + *) + encode2: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket; frame: {const} PAVFrame; + got_packet_ptr: Pcint): cint; cdecl; + decode: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; outdata: pointer; var outdata_size: cint; avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl; + close: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Flush buffers. + * Will be called when seeking + *) + flush: procedure (avctx: PAVCodecContext); cdecl; + end; {TAVCodec} + +(** + * AVHWAccel. + *) + TAVHWAccel = record + (** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + *) + name: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMediaType_xxx + *) + type_: TAVMediaType; + + (** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + *) + id: TAVCodecID; + + (** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + *) + pix_fmt: PAVPixelFormat; + + (** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see FF_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + *) + capabilities: cint; + + next: PAVHWAccel; + + (** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + *) + start_frame: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; + buf: {const} PByteArray; + buf_size: cuint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + *) + decode_slice: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; + buf: {const} PByteArray; + buf_size: cuint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + *) + end_frame: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Size of HW accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + *) + priv_data_size: cint; + end; {TAVHWAccel} + +(** + * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture + * + * Functions for working with AVPicture + * @{ + *) + +(** + * four components are given, that's all. + * the last component is alpha + *) + PAVPicture = ^TAVPicture; + TAVPicture = record + data: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of PByteArray; + linesize: array [0..AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - 1] of cint; ///< number of bytes per line + end; {TAVPicture} + +/** + * @} + */ + +const + AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED = $00000001; + +type + TAVSubtitleType = ( + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + (** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + *) + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + (** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + *) + SUBTITLE_ASS + ); {TAVSubtitleType} + + PPAVSubtitleRect = ^PAVSubtitleRect; + PAVSubtitleRect = ^TAVSubtitleRect; + TAVSubtitleRect = record + x: cint; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + y: cint; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + w: cint; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + h: cint; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + nb_colors: cint; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + + (** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * can be set for text/ass as well once they where rendered + *) + pict: TAVPicture; + type_: TAVSubtitleType; + + text: PAnsiChar; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + (** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + *) + ass: PAnsiChar; + + flags: cint; + end; {TAVSubtitleRect} + + PPAVSubtitle = ^PAVSubtitle; + PAVSubtitle = ^TAVSubtitle; + TAVSubtitle = record + format: cuint16; (* 0 = graphics *) + start_display_time: cuint32; (* relative to packet pts, in ms *) + end_display_time: cuint32; (* relative to packet pts, in ms *) + num_rects: cuint; + rects: PPAVSubtitleRect; + pts: cint64; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE + end; {TAVSubtitle} + +(** + * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, + * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, + * or NULL if c is the last one. + *) +function av_codec_next(c: {const} PAVCodec): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + *) +function avcodec_version(): cuint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + *) +function avcodec_configuration(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return the libavcodec license. + *) +function avcodec_license(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. + * + * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called + * before any other libavcodec functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + *) +procedure avcodec_register(codec: PAVCodec); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at + * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly + * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration + * functions. + * + * @see register_avcodec + * @see avcodec_register + * @see av_register_codec_parser + * @see av_register_bitstream_filter + *) +procedure avcodec_register_all(); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IF FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT} +(** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and sets it fields to default values. The + * resulting struct can be deallocated by simply calling av_free(). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_context_defaults + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_alloc_context3() + *) +function avcodec_alloc_context(): PAVCodecContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** THIS FUNCTION IS NOT YET PART OF THE PUBLIC API! + * we WILL change its arguments and name a few times! *) +function avcodec_alloc_context2(ctype: TAVMediaType): PAVCodecContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Set the fields of the given AVCodecContext to default values. + * + * @param s The AVCodecContext of which the fields should be set to default values. + * @deprecated use avcodec_get_context_defaults3 + *) +procedure avcodec_get_context_defaults(s: PAVCodecContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** THIS FUNCTION IS NOT YET PART OF THE PUBLIC API! + * we WILL change its arguments and name a few times! *) +procedure avcodec_get_context_defaults2(s: PAVCodecContext; ctype: TAVMediaType); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct can be deallocated by calling avcodec_close() on it followed + * by av_free(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_context_defaults + *) +function avcodec_alloc_context3(codec: {const} PAVCodec): PAVCodecContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Set the fields of the given AVCodecContext to default values corresponding + * to the given codec (defaults may be codec-dependent). + * + * Do not call this function if a non-NULL codec has been passed + * to avcodec_alloc_context3() that allocated this AVCodecContext. + * If codec is non-NULL, it is illegal to call avcodec_open2() with a + * different codec on this AVCodecContext. + *) +procedure avcodec_get_context_defaults3(s: PAVCodecContext; codec: {const} PAVCodec); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function avcodec_get_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function avcodec_get_frame_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination + * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be + * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you + * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. + * + * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with + * avcodec_alloc_context3(), but otherwise uninitialized + * @param src source codec context + * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success + *) +function avcodec_copy_context(dest: PAVCodecContext; src: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using avcodec_free_frame(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_frame_defaults + *) +function avcodec_alloc_frame(): PAVFrame; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Set the fields of the given AVFrame to default values. + * + * @param frame The AVFrame of which the fields should be set to default values. + *) +procedure avcodec_get_frame_defaults(frame: PAVFrame); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * + * @warning this function does NOT free the data buffers themselves + * (it does not know how, since they might have been allocated with + * a custom get_buffer()). + *) +procedure avcodec_free_frame(frame: PPAVFrame); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IF FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN} +(** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated. + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open(context, codec) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context which will be set up to use the given codec. + * @param codec The codec to use within the context. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3, avcodec_find_decoder, avcodec_find_encoder, avcodec_close + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_open2 + *) +function avcodec_open(avctx: PAVCodecContext; codec: PAVCodec): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() for this context, then this + * parameter MUST be either NULL or equal to the previously passed + * codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + *) +function avcodec_open2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; codec: {const} PAVCodec; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() / + * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() with a non-NULL codec. Subsequent calls will + * do nothing. + *) +function avcodec_close(avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + *) +procedure avsubtitle_free(sub: PAVSubtitle); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + *) + +(** + * @addtogroup lavc_packet + * @{ + *) + +{$IFDEF FF_API_DESTRUCT_PACKET} +(* + * Default packet destructor. + * @deprecated use the AVBuffer API instead + *) +procedure av_destruct_packet(pkt: PAVPacket); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(* + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + *) +procedure av_init_packet(var pkt: TAVPacket); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + *) +function av_new_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + *) +procedure av_shrink_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; size: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + *) +function av_grow_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; grow_by: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + *) +function av_packet_from_data(pkt: PAVPacket; data: Puint8; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* + * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The + * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. + *) +function av_dup_packet(pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Copy packet, including contents + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + *) +function av_copy_packet(dst: PAVPacket; src: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Copy packet side data + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + *) +function av_copy_packet_side_data(dst: PAVPacket; src: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* + * Free a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet to free + *) +procedure av_free_packet(pkt: PAVPacket); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + *) +function av_packet_new_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket; type_: AVPacketSideDataType; + size: cint): PByte; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + *) +function av_packet_shrink_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket; type_: AVPacketSideDataType; + size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + *) +function av_packet_get_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket; type_: AVPacketSideDataType; + size: Pcint): PByte; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +function av_packet_merge_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +function av_packet_split_side_data(pkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +(** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id CodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_find_decoder(id: TAVCodecID): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(name: PAnsiChar): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_GET_BUFFER} +function avcodec_default_get_buffer (s: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +procedure avcodec_default_release_buffer (s: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +function avcodec_default_reget_buffer (s: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + *) +function avcodec_default_get_buffer2(s: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return the amount of padding in pixels which the get_buffer callback must + * provide around the edge of the image for codecs which do not have the + * CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE flag. + * + * @return Required padding in pixels. + *) +function avcodec_get_edge_width(): cuint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + * If CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is not set, the dimensions must have been increased + * according to avcodec_get_edge_width() before. + *) +procedure avcodec_align_dimensions(s: PAVCodecContext; width: PCint; height: PCint); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Modifiy width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + * If CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is not set, the dimensions must have been increased + * according to avcodec_get_edge_width() before. + *) +procedure avcodec_align_dimensions2(s: PAVCodecContext; width: PCint; height: PCint; + linesize_align: PAVNDPArray); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IF FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO} +(** + * Wrapper function which calls avcodec_decode_audio4. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_decode_audio4 instead. + * + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into samples. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. In this case, + * avcodec_decode_audio3 has to be called again with an AVPacket that contains + * the remaining data in order to decode the second frame etc. + * If no frame + * could be outputted, frame_size_ptr is zero. Otherwise, it is the + * decompressed frame size in bytes. + * + * @warning You must set frame_size_ptr to the allocated size of the + * output buffer before calling avcodec_decode_audio3(). + * + * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer avpkt->data should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @warning You must not provide a custom get_buffer() when using + * avcodec_decode_audio3(). Doing so will override it with + * avcodec_default_get_buffer. Use avcodec_decode_audio4() instead, + * which does allow the application to provide a custom get_buffer(). + * + * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data and output buffer + * samples. The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: On some CPUs it isn't + * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others + * * it will work but it will have an impact on performance. + * + * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum and + * samples should be 16 byte aligned unless the CPU doesn't need it + * (AltiVec and SSE do). + * + * @note Codecs which have the CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] samples the output buffer, sample type in avctx->sample_fmt + * If the sample format is planar, each channel plane will + * be the same size, with no padding between channels. + * @param[in,out] frame_size_ptr the output buffer size in bytes + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields. + * All decoders are designed to use the least fields possible though. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame data was decompressed (used) from the input AVPacket. + *) +function avcodec_decode_audio3(avctx: PAVCodecContext; samples: PSmallint; + var frame_size_ptr: cint; + avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. + * + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. In this case, + * avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be called again with an AVPacket containing + * the remaining data in order to decode the second frame, etc... + * Even if no frames are returned, the packet needs to be fed to the decoder + * with remaining data until it is completely consumed or an error occurs. + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note You might have to align the input buffer. The alignment requirements + * depend on the CPU and the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. + * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by + * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing the decoder. + * The caller may not write to it. + * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is + * non-zero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some + * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. + * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during + * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input + * AVPacket is returned. + *) +function avcodec_decode_audio4(avctx: PAVCodecContext; frame: PAVFrame; + got_frame_ptr: Pcint; avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. + * + * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data. + * The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: on some CPUs it isn't + * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others + * it will work but it will have an impact on performance. + * + * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum. + * + * @note Codecs which have the CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. + * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will + * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing the decoder. The + * caller may not write to it. + * + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVpacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like + * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least + * fields possible. + * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. + *) +function avcodec_decode_video2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; picture: PAVFrame; + var got_picture_ptr: cint; + avpkt: {const} PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, must be + freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + *) +function avcodec_decode_subtitle2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; sub: PAVSubtitle; + var got_sub_ptr: cint; + avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +type + TAVPictureStructure = ( + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME //< coded as frame + ); + +const + AV_PARSER_PTS_NB = 4; + PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES = $0001; + PARSER_FLAG_ONCE = $0002; +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset + PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET = $0004; + PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS = $1000; + +type + (* frame parsing *) + PAVCodecParserContext = ^TAVCodecParserContext; + PAVCodecParser = ^TAVCodecParser; + + TAVCodecParserContext = record + priv_data: pointer; + parser: PAVCodecParser; + frame_offset: cint64; (* offset of the current frame *) + cur_offset: cint64; (* current offset (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) *) + next_frame_offset: cint64; (* offset of the next frame *) + (* video info *) + pict_type: cint; (* XXX: put it back in AVCodecContext *) + (** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + *) + repeat_pict: cint; (* XXX: put it back in AVCodecContext *) + pts: cint64; (* pts of the current frame *) + dts: cint64; (* dts of the current frame *) + + (* private data *) + last_pts: cint64; + last_dts: cint64; + fetch_timestamp: cint; + + cur_frame_start_index: cint; + cur_frame_offset: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + cur_frame_pts: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + cur_frame_dts: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + + flags: cint; + + offset: cint64; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + cur_frame_end: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + + (** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using FF_I_TYPE picture type as key frames + * will be used. + *) + key_frame: cint; + + (** + * Time difference in stream time base units from the pts of this + * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged + * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the + * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from + * the very first frame or from this keyframe. + * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. + * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY + * set. + * + * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no + * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the + * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also + * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all + * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking. + *) + convergence_duration: cint64; + + // Timestamp generation support: + (** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + *) + dts_sync_point: cint; + + (** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + *) + dts_ref_dts_delta: cint; + + (** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + *) + pts_dts_delta: cint; + + (** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + *) + cur_frame_pos: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64; + + (** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + *) + pos: cint64; + + (** + * Previous frame byte position. + *) + last_pos: cint64; + + (** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + *) + duration: cint; + + field_order: TAVFieldOrder; + + (** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + *) + picture_structure: TAVPictureStructure; + + end; {AVCodecParserContext} + + TAVCodecParser = record + codec_ids: array [0..4] of cint; (* several codec IDs are permitted *) + priv_data_size: cint; + parser_init: function(s: PAVCodecParserContext): cint; cdecl; + parser_parse: function(s: PAVCodecParserContext; + avctx: PAVCodecContext; + poutbuf: {const} PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint; + buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl; + parser_close: procedure(s: PAVCodecParserContext); cdecl; + split: function(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: {const} PByteArray; + buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl; + next: PAVCodecParser; + end; {AVCodecParser} + +function av_parser_next(c: PAVCodecParser): PAVCodecParser; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +procedure av_register_codec_parser(parser: PAVCodecParser); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +function av_parser_init(codec_id: cint): PAVCodecParserContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size input length, to signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while (in_len) do + * begin + * len := av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, data, size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data := in_data + len; + * in_len := in_len - len; + * + * if (size) then + * decode_frame(data, size); + * end; + * @endcode + *) +function av_parser_parse2(s: PAVCodecParserContext; + avctx: PAVCodecContext; + poutbuf: PPointer; + poutbuf_size: PCint; + buf: {const} PByteArray; + buf_size: cint; + pts: cint64; + dts: cint64; + pos: cint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed + * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter + *) +function av_parser_change(s: PAVCodecParserContext; + avctx: PAVCodecContext; + poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint; + buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +procedure av_parser_close(s: PAVCodecParserContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + * @} + *) + +(** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_find_encoder(id: TAVCodecID): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(name: PAnsiChar): PAVCodec; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IF FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO} +(** + * Encode an audio frame from samples into buf. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_encode_audio2 instead. + * + * @note The output buffer should be at least FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE bytes large. + * However, for codecs with avctx->frame_size equal to 0 (e.g. PCM) the user + * will know how much space is needed because it depends on the value passed + * in buf_size as described below. In that case a lower value can be used. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] buf the output buffer + * @param[in] buf_size the output buffer size + * @param[in] samples the input buffer containing the samples + * The number of samples read from this buffer is frame_size*channels, + * both of which are defined in avctx. + * For codecs which have avctx->frame_size equal to 0 (e.g. PCM) the number of + * samples read from samples is equal to: + * buf_size * 8 / (avctx->channels * av_get_bits_per_sample(avctx->codec_id)) + * This also implies that av_get_bits_per_sample() must not return 0 for these + * codecs. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number + * of bytes used to encode the data read from the input buffer. + *) +function avcodec_encode_audio(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByte; + buf_size: cint; samples: {const} PSmallint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Encode a frame of audio. + * + * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and + * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All + * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using + * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will + * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size + * of the output packet. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_free_packet() (i.e. avpkt->destruct will be + * called to free the user supplied buffer). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * If CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + *) +function avcodec_encode_audio2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket; + frame: {const} PAVFrame; got_packet_ptr: Pcint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IF FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO} +(** + * @deprecated use avcodec_encode_video2() instead. + * + * Encode a video frame from pict into buf. + * The input picture should be + * stored using a specific format, namely avctx.pix_fmt. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] buf the output buffer for the bitstream of encoded frame + * @param[in] buf_size the size of the output buffer in bytes + * @param[in] pict the input picture to encode + * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number + * of bytes used from the output buffer. + *) +function avcodec_encode_video(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByte; + buf_size: cint; pict: {const} PAVFrame): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Encode a frame of video. + * + * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields + * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If + * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. + * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the + * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the + * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_free_packet() (i.e. avpkt->destruct will be + * called to free the user supplied buffer). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + *) +function avcodec_encode_video2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; avpkt: PAVPacket; + frame: {const} PAVFrame; got_packet_ptr: Pcint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +function avcodec_encode_subtitle(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByteArray; + buf_size: cint; sub: {const} PAVSubtitle): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + *) + +{$IFDEF FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE} +(** + * @defgroup lavc_resample Audio resampling + * @ingroup libavc + * @deprecated use libswresample instead + * + * @{ + *) +type + PReSampleContext = pointer; + PAVResampleContext = pointer; + PImgReSampleContext = pointer; + +(** + * Initialize audio resampling context. + * + * @param output_channels number of output channels + * @param input_channels number of input channels + * @param output_rate output sample rate + * @param input_rate input sample rate + * @param sample_fmt_out requested output sample format + * @param sample_fmt_in input sample format + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff frequency + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear if 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + * @return allocated ReSampleContext, NULL if error occurred + *) + function av_audio_resample_init(output_channels: cint; input_channels: cint; + output_rate: cint; input_rate: cint; + sample_fmt_out: TAVSampleFormat; + sample_fmt_in: TAVSampleFormat; + filter_length: cint; log2_phase_count: cint; + linear: cint; cutoff: cdouble): PReSampleContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +function audio_resample (s: PReSampleContext; output: PSmallint; input: PSmallint; nb_samples: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Free resample context. + * + * @param s a non-NULL pointer to a resample context previously + * created with av_audio_resample_init() + *) +procedure audio_resample_close (s: PReSampleContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Initialize an audio resampler. + * Note, if either rate is not an integer then simply scale both rates up so they are. + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff freq + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear If 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + *) +function av_resample_init (out_rate: cint; in_rate: cint; filter_length: cint; + log2_phase_count: cint; linear: cint; cutoff: cdouble): PAVResampleContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Resample an array of samples using a previously configured context. + * @param src an array of unconsumed samples + * @param consumed the number of samples of src which have been consumed are returned here + * @param src_size the number of unconsumed samples available + * @param dst_size the amount of space in samples available in dst + * @param update_ctx If this is 0 then the context will not be modified, that way several channels can be resampled with the same context. + * @return the number of samples written in dst or -1 if an error occurred + *) +function av_resample (c: PAVResampleContext; dst: PSmallint; src: PSmallint; var consumed: cint; + src_size: cint; dst_size: cint; update_ctx: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Compensate samplerate/timestamp drift. The compensation is done by changing + * the resampler parameters, so no audible clicks or similar distortions occur + * @param compensation_distance distance in output samples over which the compensation should be performed + * @param sample_delta number of output samples which should be output less + * + * example: av_resample_compensate(c, 10, 500) + * here instead of 510 samples only 500 samples would be output + * + * note, due to rounding the actual compensation might be slightly different, + * especially if the compensation_distance is large and the in_rate used during init is small + *) +procedure av_resample_compensate (c: PAVResampleContext; sample_delta: cint; + compensation_distance: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +procedure av_resample_close (c: PAVResampleContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * @} + *) +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * @addtogroup lavc_picture + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Allocate memory for a picture. Call avpicture_free to free it. + * + * @see avpicture_fill() + * + * @param picture the picture to be filled in. + * @param pix_fmt the format of the picture. + * @param width the width of the picture. + * @param height the height of the picture. + * @return Zero if successful, a negative value if not. + *) +function avpicture_alloc (picture: PAVPicture; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + width: cint; height: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free a picture previously allocated by avpicture_alloc(). + * + * @param picture the AVPicture to be freed + *) +procedure avpicture_free (picture: PAVPicture); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Fill in the AVPicture fields, always assume a linesize alignment of + * 1. + * + * @see av_image_fill_arrays() + *) +function avpicture_fill (picture: PAVPicture; ptr: pcuint8; + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Copy pixel data from an AVPicture into a buffer, always assume a + * linesize alignment of 1. + * + * @see av_image_copy_to_buffer() + *) +function avpicture_layout (src: {const} PAVPicture; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + width: cint; height: cint; + dest: PByteArray; dest_size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Calculate the size in bytes that a picture of the given width and height + * would occupy if stored in the given picture format. + * Always assume a linesize alignment of 1. + * + * @see av_image_get_buffer_size(). + *) +function avpicture_get_size (pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_DEINTERLACE} +(** + * deinterlace - if not supported return -1 *) + * + * @deprecated - use yadif (in libavfilter) instead + *) +function avpicture_deinterlace (dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture; + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Copy image src to dst. Wraps av_image_copy(). + *) +procedure av_picture_copy(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture; + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Crop image top and left side. + *) +function av_picture_crop(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture; + pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; top_band: cint; left_band: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Pad image. + *) +function av_picture_pad(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture; + height: cint; width: cint; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + padtop: cint; padbottom: cint; padleft: cint; + padright: cint; color: PCint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + *) + +(** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + *) + +(** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * This function asserts that pix_fmt is valid. See av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + * for one that returns a failure code and continues in case of invalid + * pix_fmts. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h + * + * @see av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + *) + +procedure avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample (pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; var h_shift: cint; var v_shift: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + *) +function avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cuint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +const + FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION = $0001; (**< loss due to resolution change *) + FF_LOSS_DEPTH = $0002; (**< loss due to color depth change *) + FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE = $0004; (**< loss due to color space conversion *) + FF_LOSS_ALPHA = $0008; (**< loss of alpha bits *) + FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT = $0010; (**< loss due to color quantization *) + FF_LOSS_CHROMA = $0020; (**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) *) + +(** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * avcodec_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + *) +function avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss (dst_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + has_alpha: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + *) +function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(pix_fmt_list: PAVPixelFormat; + src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format and a selection of two destination pixel formats. When converting from + * one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. For example, when converting + * from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when + * converting from some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() selects which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * + * If one of the destination formats is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE the other pixel format (if valid) will be + * returned. + * + * @code + * src_pix_fmt = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P; + * dst_pix_fmt1= AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24; + * dst_pix_fmt2= AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8; + * dst_pix_fmt3= AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8; + * loss= FF_LOSS_CHROMA; // don't care about chroma loss, so chroma loss will be ignored. + * dst_pix_fmt = avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(dst_pix_fmt1, dst_pix_fmt2, src_pix_fmt, alpha, &loss); + * dst_pix_fmt = avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(dst_pix_fmt, dst_pix_fmt3, src_pix_fmt, alpha, &loss); + * @endcode + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt1 One of the two destination pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt2 The other of the two destination pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt Source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[in, out] loss_ptr Combination of loss flags. In: selects which of the losses to ignore, i.e. + * NULL or value of zero means we care about all losses. Out: the loss + * that occurs when converting from src to selected dst pixel format. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + *) +function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(dst_pix_fmt1: TAVPixelFormat; dst_pix_fmt2: TAVPixelFormat; + src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint)): TAVPixelFormat; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI} +function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(pix_fmt_list: PAVPixelFormat; + src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; + has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ELSE} +function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(dst_pix_fmt1: TAVPixelFormat; dst_pix_fmt2: TAVPixelFormat; + src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: Pcint): TAVPixelFormat; + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +function avcodec_default_get_format(s: PAVCodecContext; fmt: {const} PAVPixelFormat): TAVPixelFormat; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + *) + +procedure avcodec_set_dimensions(s: PAVCodecContext; width: cint; height: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; + + * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. + * + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if + * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null + *) +function av_get_codec_tag_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: size_t; codec_tag: cuint): size_t; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +procedure avcodec_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; enc: PAVCodecContext; encode: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + *) +function av_get_profile_name(codec: {const} PAVCodec; profile: cint): {const} PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +function avcodec_default_execute(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; var ret: cint; count: cint; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +function avcodec_default_execute2(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; var ret: cint; count: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; +//FIXME func typedef + +(** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + *) +function avcodec_fill_audio_frame(frame: PAVFrame; nb_channels: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; buf: {const} PByte; + buf_size: cint; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Flush buffers, should be called when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + *) +procedure avcodec_flush_buffers(avctx: PAVCodecContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + *) +function av_get_bits_per_sample(codec_id: TAVCodecID): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + *) +function av_get_pcm_codec(fmt: TAVSampleFormat; be: cint): TAVCodecID; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + *) +function av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(codec_id: TAVCodecID): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + *) +function av_get_audio_frame_duration(avctx: PAVCodecContext, frame_bytes: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +type + PAVBitStreamFilterContext = ^TAVBitStreamFilterContext; + PAVBitStreamFilter = ^TAVBitStreamFilter; + + TAVBitStreamFilterContext = record + priv_data: pointer; + filter: PAVBitStreamFilter; + parser: PAVCodecParserContext; + next: PAVBitStreamFilterContext; + end; + + TAVBitStreamFilter = record + name: PAnsiChar; + priv_data_size: cint; + filter: function(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext; + avctx: PAVCodecContext; args: {const} PAnsiChar; + poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint; + buf: {const} PByte; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint; cdecl; + close: procedure(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext); + next: PAVBitStreamFilter; + end; + +(** + * Register a bitstream filter. + * + * The filter will be accessible to the application code through + * av_bitstream_filter_next() or can be directly initialized with + * av_bitstream_filter_init(). + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + *) +procedure av_register_bitstream_filter(bsf: PAVBitStreamFilter); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Create and initialize a bitstream filter context given a bitstream + * filter name. + * + * The returned context must be freed with av_bitstream_filter_close(). + * + * @param name the name of the bitstream filter + * @return a bitstream filter context if a matching filter was found + * and successfully initialized, NULL otherwise + *) +function av_bitstream_filter_init(name: {const} PAnsiChar): PAVBitStreamFilterContext; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Filter bitstream. + * + * This function filters the buffer buf with size buf_size, and places the + * filtered buffer in the buffer pointed to by poutbuf. + * + * The output buffer must be freed by the caller. + * + * @param bsfc bitstream filter context created by av_bitstream_filter_init() + * @param avctx AVCodecContext accessed by the filter, may be NULL. + * If specified, this must point to the encoder context of the + * output stream the packet is sent to. + * @param args arguments which specify the filter configuration, may be NULL + * @param poutbuf pointer which is updated to point to the filtered buffer + * @param poutbuf_size pointer which is updated to the filtered buffer size in bytes + * @param buf buffer containing the data to filter + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param keyframe set to non-zero if the buffer to filter corresponds to a key-frame packet data + * @return >= 0 in case of success, or a negative error code in case of failure + * + * If the return value is positive, an output buffer is allocated and + * is availble in *poutbuf, and is distinct from the input buffer. + * + * If the return value is 0, the output output buffer is not allocated + * and the output buffer should be considered identical to the input + * buffer, or in case *poutbuf was set it points to the input buffer + * (not necessarily to its starting address). + *) +function av_bitstream_filter_filter(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext; + avctx: PAVCodecContext; args: {const} PAnsiChar; + poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint; + buf: {const} PByte; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Release bitstream filter context. + * + * @param bsf the bitstream filter context created with + * av_bitstream_filter_init(), can be NULL + *) +procedure av_bitstream_filter_close(bsf: PAVBitStreamFilterContext); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * If f is NULL, return the first registered bitstream filter, + * if f is non-NULL, return the next registered bitstream filter + * after f, or NULL if f is the last one. + * + * This function can be used to iterate over all registered bitstream + * filters. + *) +function av_bitstream_filter_next(f: PAVBitStreamFilter): PAVBitStreamFilter; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(* memory *) + +(** + * Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * @see av_realloc + *) +procedure av_fast_realloc(ptr: pointer; size: PCuint; min_size: size_t); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special + * handling to avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer + * @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to + * @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and + * *size 0 if an error occurred. + *) +procedure av_fast_malloc(ptr: pointer; size: PCuint; min_size: size_t); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + *) +procedure av_fast_padded_malloc(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + *) +procedure av_fast_padded_mallocz(ptr: pointer; size: Pcuint; min_size: size_t); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + *) +function av_xiphlacing(s: PByte; v: cuint): cuint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE} +(** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] feature string containing the name of the missing feature + * @param[in] want_sample indicates if samples are wanted which exhibit this feature. + * If want_sample is non-zero, additional verbage will be added to the log + * message which tells the user how to report samples to the development + * mailing list. + * @deprecated Use avpriv_report_missing_feature() instead. + *) +procedure av_log_missing_feature(avc: Pointer; feature: {const} PAnsiChar; want_sample: cint); + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; + +(** + * Log a generic warning message asking for a sample. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing an optional message, or NULL if no message + * @deprecated Use avpriv_request_sample() instead. + *) +procedure av_log_ask_for_sample(avc: Pointer; msg: {const} PAnsiChar); {todo: av_printf_format(2, 3);} + cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. + *) +procedure av_register_hwaccel (hwaccel: PAVHWAccel) + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, + * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator + * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. + *) +function av_hwaccel_next (hwaccel: PAVHWAccel): PAVHWAccel; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Lock operation used by lockmgr + *) +type + TAVLockOp = ( + AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex + AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex + AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex + AV_LOCK_DESTROY ///< Free mutex resources + ); + +(** + * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations + * specified by AVLockOp. mutex points to a (void) where the + * lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user allocated mutex. It's + * NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and != NULL for all other ops. + * + * @param cb User defined callback. Note: FFmpeg may invoke calls to this + * callback during the call to av_lockmgr_register(). + * Thus, the application must be prepared to handle that. + * If cb is set to NULL the lockmgr will be unregistered. + * Also note that during unregistration the previously registered + * lockmgr callback may also be invoked. + *) +// ToDo: Implement and test this +//function av_lockmgr_register(cb: function (mutex: Ppointer; op: TAVLockOp)): cint; +// cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get the type of the given codec. + *) +function avcodec_get_type(codec_id: TAVCodecID): TAVMediaType; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + *) +function avcodec_get_name(id: TAVCodecID): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + *) +function avcodec_is_open(s: PAVCodecContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + *) +function av_codec_is_encoder(codec: {const} PAVCodec): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + *) +function av_codec_is_decoder(codec: {const} PAVCodec): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + *) +function avcodec_descriptor_get(id: TAVCodecID): PAVCodecDescriptor; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + *) +function avcodec_descriptor_next(prev: {const} PAVCodecDescriptor): PAVCodecDescriptor; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + *) +function avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(name: {const} PAnsiChar): PAVCodecDescriptor; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * @} + *) + +implementation + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avformat.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avformat.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32af4522 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avformat.pas @@ -0,0 +1,2356 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of version 2.0 libavformat/avformat.h + * Version: 55.12.100 + *) + +unit avformat; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI } + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} (* for the HasInline define *) + +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + {$linklib libavformat} +{$ENDIF} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + avcodec, + avio, + avutil, + rational, + SysUtils, + UConfig; + +const + (* + * IMPORTANT: This headers are valid for all minor revisions of ffmpeg + * version 1.1.x + *) + (* Max. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 55; + LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 12; + LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + + (* Min. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 55; + LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 12; + LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 0; + LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavformat is too old!'} +{$IFEND} + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION > LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavformat is not yet supported!'} +{$IFEND} + +{ +const + LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD = LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT; + LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT = 'Lavf' AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION); +} + +(** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + *) +const +{$ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO} + FF_API_OLD_AVIO = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_PKT_DUMP} + FF_API_PKT_DUMP = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT} + FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS} + FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_NEW_STREAM} + FF_API_NEW_STREAM = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO} + FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE} + FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_READ_PACKET} + FF_API_READ_PACKET = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_ASS_SSA} + FF_API_ASS_SSA = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 56); +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE} + FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE = 1; +{$endif} + +(** + * @defgroup libavf I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * @{ + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call + * av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols. + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() / + * av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public + * API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the + * avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * Lavf allows to configure muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL or filename, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_decode_video2(), avcodec_decode_audio4() or + * avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is + * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a + * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid + * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller + * requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy + * of it. + * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_free_packet() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * + *) + +type + PAVFile = Pointer; + +(* + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- <self-evident>. + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + *) + +(* packet functions *) + +(** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + *) +function av_get_packet(s: PAVIOContext; var pkt: TAVPacket; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + *) +function av_append_packet(s: PAVIOContext; var pkt: TAVPacket; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(*************************************************) +(* fractional numbers for exact pts handling *) + +type + (** + * The exact value of the fractional number is: 'val + num / den'. + * num is assumed to be 0 <= num < den. + *) + PAVFrac = ^TAVFrac; + TAVFrac = record + val, num, den: cint64; + end; + +(*************************************************) +(* input/output formats *) + +type + (** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + *) + TAVProbeData = record + filename: PAnsiChar; + buf: PByteArray; (**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. *) + buf_size: cint; (**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes *) + end; + +const + AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION = 50; ///< score for file extension + AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX = 100; ///< maximum score + AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY = (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX DIV 4); + AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE = 32; ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. + AVFMT_NOFILE = $0001; + AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER = $0002; (**< Needs '%d' in filename. *) + AVFMT_SHOW_IDS = $0008; (**< Show format stream IDs numbers. *) + AVFMT_RAWPICTURE = $0020; (**< Format wants AVPicture structure for + raw picture data. *) + AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER = $0040; (**< Format wants global header. *) + AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS = $0080; (**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. *) + AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX = $0100; (**< Use generic index building code. *) + AVFMT_TS_DISCONT = $0200; (**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. *) + AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS = $0400; (**< Format allows variable fps. *) + AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS = $0800; (**< Format does not need width/height *) + AVFMT_NOSTREAMS = $1000; (**< Format does not require any streams *) + AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH = $2000; (**< Format does not allow to fall back to binary search via read_timestamp *) + AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH = $4000; (**< Format does not allow to fall back to generic search *) + AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK = $8000; (**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes *) + AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH = $10000;(**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. *) +{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR <= 54} + AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT = $8020000; //we try to be compatible to the ABIs of ffmpeg and major forks +{$ELSE} + AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT = $20000; +{$ENDIF} + (**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic *) + AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE = $40000; (**< Format allows muxing negative + timestamps. If not set the timestamp + will be shifted in av_write_frame and + av_interleaved_write_frame so they + start from 0. + The user or muxer can override this through + AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts + *) + + AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS = $4000000; (**< Seeking is based on PTS *) + + // used by AVIndexEntry + AVINDEX_KEYFRAME = $0001; + + AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER = $0001; (**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) *) + + MAX_STREAMS = 20; + + AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS = $0001; ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. + AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX = $0002; ///< Ignore index. + AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK = $0004; ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. + AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS = $0008; ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS + AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN = $0010; ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container + AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE = $0020; ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled + AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER = $0040; ///< Do not buffer frames when possible + AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO = $0080; ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. + AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT = $0100; ///< Discard frames marked corrupted + AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM = $8000; ///< Enable RTP MP4A-LATM payload + AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS = $10000; ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) + AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT = $20000; ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) + AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA = $40000; ///< Don't merge side data but keep it separate. + + MAX_STD_TIMEBASES = (60*12+6); + + // used by AVStream + MAX_REORDER_DELAY = 16; + + // used by TAVProgram + AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING = 1; + + + AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT = $0001; + AV_DISPOSITION_DUB = $0002; + AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL = $0004; + AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT = $0008; + AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS = $0010; + AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE = $0020; + + (** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + *) + AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED = $0040; + AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED = $0080; /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */ + AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED = $0100; /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */ + AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS = $0200; /**< stream without voice */ +(** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The single packet associated with it will be returned + * among the first few packets read from the file unless seeking takes place. + * It can also be accessed at any time in AVStream.attached_pic. + *) + AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC = $0400; + +(** + * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default). + *) + AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS = $10000; + AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS = $20000; + AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA = $40000; + +(** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + *) + AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE = 0; ///< ignore the wrap + AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET = 1; ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection + AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET = -1; ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + + // used by TAVFormatContext.debug + FF_FDEBUG_TS = 0001; + + MAX_PROBE_PACKETS = 2500; + RAW_PACKET_BUFFER_SIZE = 2500000; + +type + PPAVCodecTag = ^PAVCodecTag; + PAVCodecTag = Pointer; + + PAVOutputFormat = ^TAVOutputFormat; + PAVProbeData = ^TAVProbeData; + + PAVInputFormat = ^TAVInputFormat; + PAVIndexEntry = ^TAVIndexEntry; + + PPAVStream = ^PAVStream; + PAVStream = ^TAVStream; + PAVPacketList = ^TAVPacketList; + + PPAVProgram = ^PAVProgram; + PAVProgram = ^TAVProgram; + + PPAVFormatContext = ^PAVFormatContext; + PAVFormatContext = ^TAVFormatContext; + +(** + * Convert all the metadata sets from ctx according to the source and + * destination conversion tables. + * + * @param d_conv destination tags format conversion table + * @param s_conv source tags format conversion table + *) + PAVMetadataConv = ^TAVMetadataConv; + TAVMetadataConv = record + ctx: PAVFormatContext; + d_conv: {const} PAVMetadataConv; + s_conv: {const} PAVMetadataConv; + end; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + *) + TAVOutputFormat = record + name: PAnsiChar; + (** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + *) + long_name: PAnsiChar; + mime_type: PAnsiChar; + extensions: PAnsiChar; (**< comma-separated filename extensions *) + (* output support *) + audio_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default audio codec *) + video_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default video codec *) + subtitle_codec: TAVCodecID; (**< default subtitle codec *) + (** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_RAWPICTURE, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT + *) + flags: cint; + + (** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + *) + codec_tag: {const} PPAVCodecTag; + + priv_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< AVClass for the private context + + (***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + next: PAVOutputFormat; + (** + * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper + *) + priv_data_size: cint; + + write_header: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, + * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. + * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, + * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered + * data. + *) + write_packet: function (c: PAVFormatContext; pkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl; + write_trailer: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. + *) + interleave_packet: function (s: PAVFormatContext; out_: PAVPacket; + in_: PAVPacket; flush: cint): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. + * + * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. + * A negative number if unknown. + * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC + *) + query_codec: function (id: TAVCodecID; std_compliance: cint): cint; cdecl; + + get_output_timestamp: procedure (s: PAVFormatContext; stream: cint; + dts: Pcint64; wall: Pcint64); cdecl; + end; +(** + * @} + *) + +(** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + *) + TAVInputFormat = record + (** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + *) + name: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + *) + long_name: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + *) + flags: cint; + + (** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + *) + extensions: PAnsiChar; + + codec_tag: {const} PPAVCodecTag; + + priv_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< AVClass for the private context + + (***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + next: PAVInputFormat; + + (** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + *) + raw_codec_id: cint; + + (** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + *) + priv_data_size: cint; + + (** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + *) + read_probe: function (p: PAVProbeData): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. Only used in raw format right + * now. 'avformat_new_stream' should be called to create new streams. + *) + read_header: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used. + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated + * or must be freed before returning + *) + read_packet: function (c: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + *) + read_close: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + *) + read_seek: function (c: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; + timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + *) + read_timestamp: function (s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; + pos: pint64; pos_limit: cint64): cint64; cdecl; + + (** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + *) + read_play: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + *) + read_pause: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl; + + (** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + *) + read_seek2: function (s: PAVFormatContext; + stream_index: cint; + min_ts: cint64; + ts: cint64; + max_ts: cint64; + flags: cint): cint; cdecl; + end; +(** + * @} + *) + + TAVStreamParseType = ( + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, (**< full parsing and repack *) + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, (**< Only parse headers, do not repack. *) + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, (**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary *) + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE (**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently *) + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW = $57415230; // MKTAG(0,'R','A','W'), + (**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail *) + ); + + TAVIndexEntry = record + pos: cint64; + timestamp: cint64; (**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + *) + { Delphi doesn't support bitfields -> use flags_size instead + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + } + flags_size: cint; // 0..1: flags, 2..31: size + min_distance: cint; (**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. *) + end; + + PStreamInfo = ^TStreamInfo; + TStreamInfo = record + last_dts: cint64; + duration_gcd: cint64; + duration_count: cint; + duration_error: ^array[0..1] of array[0..MAX_STD_TIMEBASES - 1] of cdouble; + codec_info_duration: cint64; + codec_info_duration_fields: cint64; + found_decoder: cint; + + (** + * Those are used for average framerate estimation. + *) + fps_first_dts: cint64; + fps_first_dts_idx: cint; + fps_last_dts: cint64; + fps_last_dts_idx: cint; + end; + + (** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + *) + TAVStream = record + index: cint; (**< stream index in AVFormatContext *) + (** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + *) + id: cint; (**< format-specific stream ID *) + (** + * Codec context associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat. + * + * - decoding: The demuxer exports codec information stored in the headers + * here. + * - encoding: The user sets codec information, the muxer writes it to the + * output. Mandatory fields as specified in AVCodecContext + * documentation must be set even if this AVCodecContext is + * not actually used for encoding. + *) + codec: PAVCodecContext; (**< codec context *) + priv_data: pointer; + + (** + * encoding: pts generation when outputting stream + *) + pts: TAVFrac; + + (** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by libavformat in avformat_write_header. The muxer may use the + * user-provided value of @ref AVCodecContext.time_base "codec->time_base" + * as a hint. + *) + time_base: TAVRational; + + (** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + *) + start_time: cint64; + + (** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + *) + duration: cint64; + + nb_frames: cint64; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + disposition: cint; (**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bitfield *) + + discard: TAVDiscard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + (** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + *) + sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational; + + metadata: PAVDictionary; + + (** + * Average framerate + *) + avg_frame_rate: TAVRational; + + (** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + *) + attached_pic: TAVPacket; + + (***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + + (** + * Stream information used internally by av_find_stream_info() + *) + info: PStreamInfo; + + pts_wrap_bits: cint; (**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) *) + + // Timestamp generation support: + (** + * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. + * + * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and + * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to + * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. + *) + reference_dts: cint64; + first_dts: cint64; + cur_dts: cint64; + last_IP_pts: cint64; + last_IP_duration: cint; + + (** + * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing + *) + probe_packets: cint; + + (** + * Number of frames that have been demuxed during av_find_stream_info() + *) + codec_info_nb_frames: cint; + + (* av_read_frame() support *) + need_parsing: TAVStreamParseType; + parser: PAVCodecParserContext; + + (** + * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. + *) + last_in_packet_buffer: PAVPacketList; + probe_data: TAVProbeData; + pts_buffer: array [0..MAX_REORDER_DELAY] of cint64; + + index_entries: PAVIndexEntry; (**< Only used if the format does not + support seeking natively. *) + nb_index_entries: cint; + index_entries_allocated_size: cuint; + + (** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + * + * Code outside avformat should access this field using: + * av_stream_get/set_r_frame_rate(stream) + *) + r_frame_rate: TAVRational; + + (** + * Stream Identifier + * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 + * 0 means unknown + *) + stream_identifier: cint; + + interleaver_chunk_size: cint64; + interleaver_chunk_duration: cint64; + + (** + * stream probing state + * -1 -> probing finished + * 0 -> no probing requested + * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + *) + request_probe: cint; + (** + * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe + * should be discarded. + *) + skip_to_keyframe: cint; + + (** + * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. + *) + skip_samples: cint; + + (** + * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access + * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure. + *) + nb_decoded_frames: cint; + + (** + * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + *) + mux_ts_offset: cint64; + + (** + * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp + *) + pts_wrap_reference: cint64; + + (** + * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected. + * + * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values. + * + * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities: + * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset + * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps. + * Otherwise the offset will be added. + *) + pts_wrap_behavior: cint; + + end; (** TAVStream **) + +function av_stream_get_r_frame_rate({const} s: PAVStream): TAVRational; +procedure av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(s: PAVStream; r: TAVRational); + +(** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + *) + TAVProgram = record + id: cint; + flags: cint; + discard: TAVDiscard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + stream_index: Pcuint; + nb_stream_indexes: cuint; + metadata: PAVDictionary; + + program_num: cint; + pmt_pid: cint; + pcr_pid: cint; + + (***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + start_time: cint64; + end_time: cint64; + + pts_wrap_reference: cint64; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + pts_wrap_behavior: cint; ///< behavior on wrap detection + end; (*AVProgram*) + + PAVChapter = ^TAVChapter; + TAVChapter = record + id: cint; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + time_base: TAVRational; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + start, end_: cint64; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + metadata: PAVDictionary; + end; (*AVChapter*) + + TAVChapterArray = array[0..(MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVChapter))-1] of TAVChapter; + PAVChapterArray = ^TAVChapterArray; + + (** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + *) + TAVDurationEstimationMethod = ( + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) + ); + + (** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + *) + TAVFormatContext = record + (** + * A class for logging and AVOptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + *) + av_class: PAVClass; (**< Set by avformat_alloc_context. *) + + (** + * Can only be iformat or oformat, not both at the same time. + * + * decoding: set by avformat_open_input(). + * encoding: set by the user. + *) + iformat: PAVInputFormat; + oformat: PAVOutputFormat; + + (** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + *) + priv_data: pointer; + + (* + * I/O context. + * + * decoding: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * encoding: set by the user. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + *) + pb: PByteIOContext; + + (* stream info *) + ctx_flags: cint; (**< Format-specific flags, see AVFMTCTX_xx *) + + (** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * decoding: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * encoding: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + *) + nb_streams: cuint; + streams: PPAVStream; + + filename: array [0..1023] of AnsiChar; (* input or output filename *) + + (** + * Decoding: position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + *) + start_time: cint64; + (** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also dont set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + *) + duration: cint64; + + (** + * Decoding: total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as ffmpeg can compute it automatically. + *) + bit_rate: cint; + + packet_size: cuint; + max_delay: cint; + + flags: cint; + + (** + * decoding: size of data to probe; encoding: unused. + *) + probesize: cuint; + + (** + * decoding: maximum time (in AV_TIME_BASE units) during which the input should + * be analyzed in avformat_find_stream_info(). + *) + max_analyze_duration: cint; + + key: pbyte; + keylen: cint; + + nb_programs: cuint; + programs: PPAVProgram; + + (** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + *) + video_codec_id: TAVCodecID; + + (** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + *) + audio_codec_id: TAVCodecID; + + (** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + *) + subtitle_codec_id: TAVCodecID; + + (** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * muxing : unused + * demuxing: set by user + *) + max_index_size: cuint; + + (** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + *) + max_picture_buffer: cuint; + + nb_chapters: cuint; + chapters: PAVChapterArray; + + metadata: PAVDictionary; + + (** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 + * in the stream was captured at this real world time. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Unused. + *) + start_time_realtime: cint64; + + (** + * decoding: number of frames used to probe fps + *) + fps_probe_size: cint; + + (** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + *) + error_recognition: cint; + + (** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * decoding: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * encoding: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + *) + interrupt_callback: TAVIOInterruptCB; + + (** + * Flags to enable debugging. + *) + debug: cint; + + (** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + *) + ts_id: cint; + + (** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + *) + audio_preload: cint; + + (** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + *) + max_chunk_duration: cint; + + (** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + *) + max_chunk_size: cint; + + (** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + *) + use_wallclock_as_timestamps: cint; + + (** + * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing + * 0 -> allow negative timestamps + * 1 -> avoid negative timestamps + * -1 -> choose automatically (default) + * Note, this only works when interleave_packet_per_dts is in use + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + *) + avoid_negative_ts: cint; + + (** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + *) + avio_flags: cint; + + (** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + *) + duration_estimation_method: TAVDurationEstimationMethod; + + (** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + *) + skip_initial_bytes: cuint; + + (** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOPtions (NO direct access) + *) + correct_ts_overflow: cuint; + + (** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOPtions (NO direct access) + *) + seek2any: cint; + + (** + * Flush the I/O context after each packet. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + *) + flush_packets: cint; + + (***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + *) + + (** + * This buffer is only needed when packets were already buffered but + * not decoded, for example to get the codec parameters in MPEG + * streams. + *) + packet_buffer: PAVPacketList; + packet_buffer_end_: PAVPacketList; + + (* av_seek_frame() support *) + data_offset: cint64; (**< offset of the first packet *) + + (** + * Raw packets from the demuxer, prior to parsing and decoding. + * This buffer is used for buffering packets until the codec can + * be identified, as parsing cannot be done without knowing the + * codec. + *) + raw_packet_buffer_: PAVPacketList; + raw_packet_buffer_end_: PAVPacketList; + (** + * Packets split by the parser get queued here. + *) + parse_queue: PAVPacketList; + parse_queue_end: PAVPacketList; + (** + * Remaining size available for raw_packet_buffer, in bytes. + *) + raw_packet_buffer_remaining_size: cint; + + (** + * Offset to remap timestamps to be non-negative. + * Expressed in timebase units. + * @see AVStream.mux_ts_offset + *) + offset: cint64; + + (** + * Timebase for the timestamp offset. + *) + offset_timebase: TAVRational; + + (** + * IO repositioned flag. + * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer + * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. + * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. + *) + io_repositioned: cint; + +end; (** TAVFormatContext **) + +(** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + *) +function av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(ctx: {const} PAVFormatContext): TAVDurationEstimationMethod; + cdecl; external av__format; + + TAVPacketList = record + pkt: TAVPacket; + next: PAVPacketList; + end; (*AVPacketList*) + +(** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + *) +function avformat_version(): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + *) +function avformat_configuration(): {const} PansiChar; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the libavformat license. + *) +function avformat_license(): {const} PansiChar; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and + * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select + * exactly which formats you want to support. + * + * @see av_register_input_format() + * @see av_register_output_format() + * @see av_register_protocol() + *) +procedure av_register_all(); + cdecl; external av__format; + +procedure av_register_input_format(format: PAVInputFormat); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure av_register_output_format(format: PAVOutputFormat); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Do global initialization of network components. This is optional, + * but recommended, since it avoids the overhead of implicitly + * doing the setup for each session. + * + * Calling this function will become mandatory if using network + * protocols at some major version bump. + *) +function avformat_network_init(): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. + *) +function avformat_network_deinit(): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + *) +function av_iformat_next(f: PAVInputFormat): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; +(** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + *) +function av_oformat_next(f: PAVOutputFormat): PAVOutputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * Can be freed with av_free() but do not forget to free everything you + * explicitly allocated as well! + *) +function avformat_alloc_context(): PAVFormatContext; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + *) +procedure avformat_free_context(s: PAVFormatContext); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function avformat_get_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream + * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific + * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + *) +function avformat_new_stream(s: PAVFormatContext; c: {const} PAVCodec): PAVStream; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function av_new_program(s: PAVFormatContext; id: cint): PAVProgram; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @} + *) + +{$IF FF_API_PKT_DUMP} +procedure av_pkt_dump(f: PAVFile; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint); {deprecated} + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure av_pkt_dump_log(avcl: Pointer; level: cint; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint); {deprecated} + cdecl; external av__format; +{$IFEND} + +{$IF FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT} +(** + * @deprecated deprecated in favor of avformat_alloc_output_context2() + *) +function avformat_alloc_output_context({const} format: PAnsiChar; + oformat: PAVOutputFormat; + {const} filename: PAnsiChar): PAVFormatContext; + cdecl; external av__format; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in + * case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + *) +function avformat_alloc_output_context2(ctx: PPAVFormatContext; oformat: PAVOutputFormat; + {const} format_name: PAnsiChar; {const} filename: PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + *) + +(** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + *) +function av_find_input_format(short_name: PAnsiChar): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + *) +function av_probe_input_format(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + *) +function av_probe_input_format2(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint; score_max: PCint): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + *) +function av_probe_input_format3(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint; score_ret: Pcint): PAVInputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param filename the filename of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + *) +function av_probe_input_buffer(pb: PAVIOContext; var fmt: PAVInputFormat; + filename: {const} PAnsiChar; logctx: pointer; + offset: cuint; max_probe_size: cuint); + +(** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with av_close_input_file(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). + * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. + * @param filename Name of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + *) +function avformat_open_input(ps: PPAVFormatContext; filename: {const} PAnsiChar; fmt: PAVInputFormat; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function av_demuxer_open(ic: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; + +{$IF FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS} +(** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + * + * @deprecated use avformat_find_stream_info. + *) +function av_find_stream_info(ic: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; deprecated; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + *) +function avformat_find_stream_info(ic: PAVFormatContext; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + *) +function av_find_program_from_stream(ic: PAVFormatContext; last: PAVProgram; s: cint): PAVProgram; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + *) +function av_find_best_stream(ic: PAVFormatContext; + type_: TAVMediaType; + wanted_stream_nb: cint; + related_stream: cint; + decoder_ret: PPAVCodec; + flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Read a transport packet from a media file. + * + * This function is obsolete and should never be used. + * Use av_read_frame() instead. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt is filled + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + *) +function av_read_packet(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next + * av_read_frame() or until av_close_input_file(). Otherwise the packet is valid + * indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with + * av_free_packet when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains + * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each + * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames + * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file + *) +function av_read_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default + * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted + * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * @return >= 0 on success + *) +function av_seek_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; timestamp: cint64; + flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + + +(** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. + * + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect + * ABI compatibility yet! + *) +function avformat_seek_file(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; min_ts, ts, max_ts: cint64; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + *) +function av_read_play(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + *) +function av_read_pause(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +{$IF FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE} +(** + * @deprecated use avformat_close_input() + * Close a media file (but not its codecs). + * + * @param s media file handle + *) +procedure av_close_input_file(s: PAVFormatContext); + cdecl; external av__format; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + *) +procedure avformat_close_input(s: PPAVFormatContext); + cdecl; external av__format; +(** + * @} + *) + +{$IF FF_API_NEW_STREAM} +(** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * Can only be called in the read_header() function. If the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is in the format context, then new streams + * can be added in read_packet too. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param id file-format-dependent stream ID + *) +function av_new_stream(s: PAVFormatContext; id: cint): PAVStream; + cdecl; external av__format; +{$IFEND} + +{$IF FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO} +(** + * @deprecated this function is not supposed to be called outside of lavf + *) +procedure av_set_pts_info(s: PAVStream; pts_wrap_bits: cint; + pts_num: cuint; pts_den: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +{$IFEND} + +const + AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD = 1; ///< seek backward + AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE = 2; ///< seeking based on position in bytes + AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY = 4; ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes + AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME = 8; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + *) +(** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next. + *) +function avformat_write_header(s: PAVFormatContext; options: {PPAVDictionary} pointer): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * The packet must contain one audio or video frame. + * If the packets are already correctly interleaved, the application should + * call av_write_frame() instead as it is slightly faster. It is also important + * to keep in mind that completely non-interleaved input will need huge amounts + * of memory to interleave with this, so it is preferable to interleave at the + * demuxer level. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. pkt->buf must be set + * to a valid AVBufferRef describing the packet data. Libavformat takes + * ownership of this reference and will unref it when it sees fit. The caller + * must not access the data through this reference after this function returns. + * This can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to flush the + * interleaving queues. + * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be set to the + * index of the corresponding stream in @ref AVFormatContext.streams + * "s.streams". + * It is very strongly recommended that timing information (@ref AVPacket.pts + * "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts" @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") is set to + * correct values. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + *) +function av_interleaved_write_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + *) +function av_write_trailer(s: pAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + *) +function av_guess_format(short_name: PAnsiChar; + filename: PAnsiChar; + mime_type: PAnsiChar): PAVOutputFormat; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + *) +function av_guess_codec(fmt: PAVOutputFormat; short_name: PAnsiChar; + filename: PAnsiChar; mime_type: PAnsiChar; + type_: TCodecType): TAVCodecID; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it + * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + *) +function av_get_output_timestamp(s: PAVFormatContext; stream: cint; + dts: Pcint64; wall: Pcint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + + +(** + * @} + *) + + +(** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + *) + +(** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + *) +procedure av_hex_dump(f: PAVFile; buf: {const} PByteArray; size: cint); {<-?FILE} + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump, av_pkt_dump_log + *) +procedure av_hex_dump_log(avcl: Pointer; level: cint; buf: {const} PByteArray; size: cint); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + *) +procedure av_pkt_dump2(f: PAVFile; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint; st: PAVStream); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + *) +procedure av_pkt_dump_log2(avcl: pointer; level: cint; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint; + st: PAVStream); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + *) +function av_codec_get_id(var tags: PAVCodecTag; tag: cuint): TAVCodecID; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Getsthe codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + *) +function av_codec_get_tag(var tags: PAVCodecTag; id: TAVCodecID): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + *) +function av_codec_get_tag2(var tags: PAVCodecTag; id: TAVCodecID, + tag: Pcuint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function av_find_default_stream_index(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + *) +function av_index_search_timestamp(st: PAVStream; timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the timebase of the given stream + *) +function av_add_index_entry(st: PAVStream; pos: cint64; timestamp: cint64; + size: cint; distance: cint; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + *) +procedure av_url_split(proto: PAnsiChar; proto_size: cint; + authorization: PAnsiChar; authorization_size: cint; + hostname: PAnsiChar; hostname_size: cint; + port_ptr: Pcint; + path: PAnsiChar; path_size: cint; + {const} url: PAnsiChar); + cdecl; external av__format; + +procedure av_dump_format(ic: PAVFormatContext; + index: cint; + url: PAnsiChar; + is_output: cint); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + *) +function av_get_frame_filename(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; + path: PAnsiChar; number: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + *) +function av_filename_number_test(filename: PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + *) +function av_sdp_create(ac: pointer; n_files: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + *) +function av_match_ext(filename: {const} Pchar; extensions: {const} Pchar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + *) +function avformat_query_codec(ofmt: PAVOutputFormat; codec_id: TAVCodecID; std_compliance: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + *) +(** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + *) +function avformat_get_riff_video_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag; + cdecl; external av__format; +(** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + *) +function avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(): {const} PAVCodecTag; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + *) +function av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(format: PAVFormatContext; stream: PAVStream; frame: PAVFrame): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. + * + * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL + * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea + *) +function av_guess_frame_rate(ctx: PAVFormatContext; stream: PAVStream; frame: PAVFrame): TAVRational; + +(** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + *) +function avformat_match_stream_specifier(s: PAVFormatContext; st: PAVStream; + spec: PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avformat_queue_attached_pictures(s: PAVFormatContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +implementation + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avio.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avio.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32ca278f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avio.pas @@ -0,0 +1,598 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavformat/avio.h + * unbuffered I/O operations + * @warning This file has to be considered an internal but installed + * header, so it should not be directly included in your projects. + * + * update to + * avformat version: 55.12.100 + *) + +unit avio; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI } + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + {$IFDEF UNIX} + BaseUnix, // for SEEK_CUR + {$ENDIF} + avcodec, + avutil, + SysUtils, + UConfig; + +(** + * Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API. + * They may change, break or disappear at any time. + *) +const + FF_API_URL_CLASS = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR >= 53); + +const + AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL = 0001; (**< Seeking works like for a local file *) + +type + TReadWriteFunc = function(opaque: Pointer; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl; + TSeekFunc = function(opaque: Pointer; offset: cint64; whence: cint): cint64; cdecl; + Tcallback = function(p: pointer): cint; cdecl; + +type +(** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + *) + PAVIOInterruptCB = ^TAVIOInterruptCB; + TAVIOInterruptCB = record + callback: Tcallback; + opaque: pointer; + end; (*TAVIOInterruptCB*) + +(** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + *) + PPAVIOContext = ^PAVIOContext; + PAVIOContext = ^TAVIOContext; + TAVIOContext = record + (** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + *) + av_class: {const} PAVClass; + buffer: PByteArray; (**< Start of the buffer. *) + buffer_size: cint; (**< Maximum buffer size *) + buf_ptr: PByteArray; (**< Current position in the buffer *) + buf_end: PByteArray; (**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. *) + opaque: pointer; (**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. *) + read_packet: TReadWriteFunc; + write_packet: TReadWriteFunc; + seek: TSeekFunc; + pos: cint64; (**< position in the file of the current buffer *) + must_flush: cint; (**< true if the next seek should flush *) + eof_reached: cint; (**< true if eof reached *) + write_flag: cint; (**< true if open for writing *) + max_packet_size: cint; + checksum: culong; + checksum_ptr: PByteArray; + update_checksum: function (checksum: culong; buf: {const} PAnsiChar; size: cuint): culong; cdecl; + error: cint; (**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened *) + (** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + *) + read_pause: function(opaque: Pointer; pause: cint): cint; cdecl; + (** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + *) + read_seek: function(opaque: Pointer; stream_index: cint; + timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64; cdecl; + (** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + *) + seekable: cint; + + (** + * max filesize, used to limit allocations + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + *) + maxsize: cint64; + + (** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + *) + direct: cint; + + (** + * Bytes read statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + *) + bytes_read: cint64; + + (** + * seek statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + *) + seek_count: cint; + + (** + * writeout statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + *) + writeout_count: cint; + end; + +(* unbuffered I/O *) + +(** + * Return AVIO_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + *) +function avio_check(url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with av_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + *) +function avio_alloc_context( + buffer: PAnsiChar; + buffer_size: cint; + write_flag: cint; + opaque: Pointer; + read_packet: TReadWriteFunc; + write_packet: TReadWriteFunc; + seek: TSeekFunc): PAVIOContext; + cdecl; external av__format; + +procedure avio_w8(s: PAVIOContext; b: cint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_write(s: PAVIOContext; buf: {const} PAnsiChar; size: cint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wl64(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint64); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wb64(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint64); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wl32(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wb32(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wl24(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wb24(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wl16(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; +procedure avio_wb16(s: PAVIOContext; val: cuint); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + *) +function avio_put_str(s: PAVIOContext; str: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @return number of bytes written. + *) +function avio_put_str16le(s: PAVIOContext; str: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +const +(** + * Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + *) + AVSEEK_SIZE = $10000; + +(** + * Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable + * means that can be extremely slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + *) + AVSEEK_FORCE = $20000; + +(** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + *) +function avio_seek(s: PAVIOContext; offset: cint64; whence: cint): cint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + *) +function avio_skip(s: PAVIOContext; offset: cint64): cint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +{$IFDEF UNIX} +(** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + *) +function avio_tell(s: PAVIOContext): cint64; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +{$ELSE} +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + *) +function avio_size(s: PAVIOContext): cint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return non zero if and only if end of file + *) +function url_feof(s: PAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** @warning currently size is limited *) +function avio_printf(s: PAVIOContext; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; args: array of const): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Force flushing of buffered data to the output s. + * + * Force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + *) +procedure avio_flush(s: PAVIOContext); + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + *) +function avio_read(s: PAVIOContext; buf: Pbyte; size: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + *) +function avio_r8(s: PAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rl16(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rl24(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rl32(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rl64(s: PAVIOContext): cuint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rb16(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rb24(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rb32(s: PAVIOContext): cuint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_rb64(s: PAVIOContext): cuint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @ + *) +(** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + *) +function avio_get_str(pb: PAVIOContext; maxlen: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; buflen: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + *) +function avio_get_str16le(pb: PAVIOContext; maxlen: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; buflen: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +function avio_get_str16be(pb: PAVIOContext; maxlen: cint; buf: PAnsiChar; buflen: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + *) +const + AVIO_FLAG_READ = 1; (**< read-only *) + AVIO_FLAG_WRITE = 2; (**< write-only *) + AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE = {(AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE)} 3; (**< read-write pseudo flag *) +(** + * @ + *) + +const +(** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + *) + AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK = 8; + +(** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + *) + AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT = $8000; + +(** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + *) +function avio_open(s: PPAVIOContext; url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + *) +function avio_open2(s: PPAVIOContext; {const} url: PAnsiChar; flags: cint; + {const} int_cb: PAVIOInterruptCB; options: PPAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + *) +function avio_close(s: PAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + *) +function avio_closep(s: PPAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + *) +function avio_open_dyn_buf(s: PPAVIOContext): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + *) +function avio_close_dyn_buf(s: PAVIOContext; var pbuffer: Pcuint8): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + *) +function avio_enum_protocols(var opaque: Pointer; output: cint): {const} PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + *) +function avio_pause(h: PAVIOContext; pause: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__format; + +(** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail with ENOTSUP. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail with ENOTSUP if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat: : read_seek + *) +function avio_seek_time(h: PAVIOContext; stream_index: cint; + timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64; + cdecl; external av__format; + +implementation + +(** + * For SEEK_CUR on Windows + * values taken from stdio.h of C + *) +{$IFNDEF SEEK_SET} +const + SEEK_SET = 0; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFNDEF SEEK_CUR} +const + SEEK_CUR = 1; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFNDEF SEEK_END} +const + SEEK_END = 2; +{$ENDIF} + +function avio_tell(s: PAVIOContext): cint64; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result := avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +end; + + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avutil.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avutil.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4383797d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/avutil.pas @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversions of + * + * libavutil/avutil.h: + * version: 52.38.100 + * + *) + +unit avutil; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI} + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + {$linklib libavutil} +{$ENDIF} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + rational, + {$IFDEF UNIX} + BaseUnix, + {$ENDIF} + UConfig; + +const + (* Max. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 52; + LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 38; + LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + + (* Min. supported version by this header *) + LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR = 52; + LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MINOR = 38; + LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 0; + LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION < LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavutil is too old!'} +{$IFEND} + +{$IF (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION > LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavutil is not yet supported!'} +{$IFEND} + +type +{$IFNDEF FPC} + // defines for Delphi + size_t = cardinal; +{$ENDIF} + Psize_t = ^size_t; + +(** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + *) +function avutil_version(): cuint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + *) +function avutil_configuration(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return the libavutil license. + *) +function avutil_license(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + *) + +type + TAVMediaType = ( + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB + ); + +(** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + *) +function av_get_media_type_string(media_type: TAVMediaType): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +const + FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT = 7; + FF_LAMBDA_SCALE = (1 shl FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT); + FF_QP2LAMBDA = 118; ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda + FF_LAMBDA_MAX = (256*128-1); + + FF_QUALITY_SCALE = FF_LAMBDA_SCALE; //FIXME maybe remove + +(** + * @brief Undefined timestamp value + * + * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide + * either pts or dts. + *) + + AV_NOPTS_VALUE = $8000000000000000; + +(** + * Internal time base represented as integer + *) + + AV_TIME_BASE = 1000000; + +(** + * Internal time base represented as fractional value + *) + + AV_TIME_BASE_Q : TAVRational = (num: 1; den: AV_TIME_BASE); + +(** + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related + * + * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation. + * + * @{ + *) + +type + TAVPictureType = ( + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4 + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI ///< BI type + ); + +(** + * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type + * pict_type. + * + * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character + * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown + *) +function av_get_picture_type_char(pict_type: TAVPictureType): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL. + *) +function av_x_if_null(p: {const} pointer; x: {const} pointer): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Compute the length of an integer list. + * + * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param list pointer to the list + * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator + *) +function av_int_list_length_for_size(elsize: cuint; + {const} list: pointer; term: cuint64): cuint; {av_pure} + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Compute the length of an integer list. + * + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param list pointer to the list + * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator + *) +function av_int_list_length({const} list: pointer; term: cuint64): cuint; + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/cpu.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/dict.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/error.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/mathematics.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/mem.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/opt.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/log.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/pixfmt.pas} + +{$INCLUDE libavutil/samplefmt.pas} + +(* libavutil/common.h *) // until now MKTAG and MKBETAG is all from common.h KMS 19/5/2010 + +(** + * MKTAG and MKBETAG are usually used to convert a magic string to an enumeration index. + * In Pascal this can probably not be used and the functions could be removed. + * KMS 8/6/2012 + *) +function MKTAG (a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +function MKBETAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +implementation + +function av_x_if_null(p: {const} pointer; x: {const} pointer): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + if p = nil then + Result := x + else + Result := p; +end; + +function av_int_list_length({const} list: pointer; term: cuint64): cuint; +begin + // KMS 2013: It is not really clear whether it should be sizeof(pointer) or sizeof(cint). + // Going for the larger one (pointer) should at least prevent buffer overflows. + // So, the result is either 4 byte or 8 byte. + Result := av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(pointer), list, term); +end; + +(* libavutil/common.h *) + +function MKTAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result := (ord(a) or (ord(b) shl 8) or (ord(c) shl 16) or (ord(d) shl 24)); +end; + +function MKBETAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result := (ord(d) or (ord(c) shl 8) or (ord(b) shl 16) or (ord(a) shl 24)); +end; + +(* libavutil/error.h *) + +function av_make_error_string(errbuf: Pchar; errbuf_size: size_t; errnum: cint): Pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + av_make_error_string := errbuf; +end; + +function av_err2str(errnum: cint): pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +var + errbuf: Pchar; +begin + errbuf := stralloc(AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE); + av_make_error_string(errbuf, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum); +end; + +(* libavutil/mem.h *) + +function av_size_mult(a: size_t; b: size_t; r: Psize_t): size_t; + cdecl; external av__util; +(* To Be Implemented, March 2012 KMS *) +//function av_size_mult(a: size_t; b: size_t; r: pointer): size_t; +//begin +// { +// size_t t = a * b; +// /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize +// * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ +// if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) +// return AVERROR(EINVAL); +// *r = t; +// return 0; +//} +//end; + +function av_malloc_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} {av_alloc_size(1,2)} +begin + if (size <= 0 ) or (nmemb >= maxint / size) then + av_malloc_array := NIL + else + av_malloc_array := av_malloc(nmemb * size); +end; + +function av_mallocz_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} {av_alloc_size(1,2)} +begin + if (size <= 0 ) or (nmemb >= maxint / size) then + av_mallocz_array := NIL + else + av_mallocz_array := av_mallocz(nmemb * size); +end; + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..116b26ac --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavcodec/audioconvert.pas @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/channel_layout.h and libavcodec/audioconvert.h + * avutil version 52.38.100; avcodec version 55.18.102 + * + *) + +(** libavutil/channel_layout.h **) + +(** + * @file + * audio channel layout utility functions + *) + +(** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + *) +const + {* Audio channel masks *} + AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT = $00000001; + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT = $00000002; + AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER = $00000004; + AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY = $00000008; + AV_CH_BACK_LEFT = $00000010; + AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT = $00000020; + AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER = $00000040; + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER = $00000080; + AV_CH_BACK_CENTER = $00000100; + AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT = $00000200; + AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT = $00000400; + AV_CH_TOP_CENTER = $00000800; + AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT = $00001000; + AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER = $00002000; + AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT = $00004000; + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT = $00008000; + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER = $00010000; + AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT = $00020000; + AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT = $20000000; ///< Stereo downmix. + AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT = $40000000; ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. + AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT: cuint64 = $0000000080000000; + AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT: cuint64 = $0000000100000000; + AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT: cuint64 = $0000000200000000; + AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT: cuint64 = $0000000400000000; + AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2: cuint64 = $0000000800000000; + +(** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + * to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + * to be the native codec channel order. + *) + AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE = $8000000000000000; + +(** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel convenience macros + * @{ + * *) + AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO = (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO = (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT or AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT or AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT or AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or + AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 or AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT or AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or + AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL = (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or AV_CH_BACK_LEFT or AV_CH_BACK_CENTER or + AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT); + AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX = (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT or AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT); + +type + AVMatrixEncoding = ( + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB + ); + +(** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + *) +function av_get_channel_layout(name: {const} PAnsiChar): cuint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + *) +procedure av_get_channel_layout_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; nb_channels: cint; channel_layout: cuint64); + cdecl; external av__util; + +type +// Type definition from libavutil/bprint.h +// The actual record is padded to a certain number of bytes. +// As of now (2013) this number is 1024. + PAVBPrint = ^TAVBPrint; + TAVBPrint = record + case integer of + 0 : paddedRecord: array[1..1024] of byte; + 1 : begin + str: PAnsiChar; //** string so far */ + len: cuint; //** length so far */ + size: cuint; //** allocated memory */ + size_max: cuint; //** maximum allocated memory */ + reserved_internal_buffer: Pchar; + end; + end; + +(** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + *) +procedure av_bprint_channel_layout(bp: PAVBPrint; nb_channels: cint; channel_layout: cuint64); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + *) +function av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(channel_layout: cuint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + *) +function av_get_default_channel_layout(nb_channels: cint): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + *) +function av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(channel_layout: cuint64; + channel: cuint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + *) +function av_channel_layout_extract_channel(channel_layout: cuint64; index: cint): cuint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + *) +function av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel: cuint64): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + *) +function av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel: cuint64): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + *) +function av_get_standard_channel_layout(index: cuint; layout: Pcuint64; + name: {const} PPAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** libavcodec/audioconvert.h **) + +// type definition from libavcodec/audioconvert.c +type + PAVAudioConvert = ^TAVAudioConvert; + TAVAudioConvert = record + in_channels, out_channels: cint; + fmt_pair: cint; + end; + +(** + * Create an audio sample format converter context + * @param out_fmt Output sample format + * @param out_channels Number of output channels + * @param in_fmt Input sample format + * @param in_channels Number of input channels + * @param[in] matrix Channel mixing matrix (of dimension in_channel*out_channels). Set to NULL to ignore. + * @param flags See AV_CPU_FLAG_xx + * @return NULL on error + *) +function av_audio_convert_alloc(out_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; out_channels: cint; + in_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; in_channels: cint; + matrix: {const} Pcfloat; flags: cint): PAVAudioConvert; + cdecl; external av__codec; + +(** + * Free audio sample format converter context + *) +procedure av_audio_convert_free(ctx: PAVAudioConvert); + cdecl; external av__codec; + +type + P6 = array [1..6] of pointer; + I6 = array [1..6] of cint; + +(** + * Convert between audio sample formats + * @param[in] out array of output buffers for each channel. set to NULL to ignore processing of the given channel. + * @param[in] out_stride distance between consecutive output samples (measured in bytes) + * @param[in] in array of input buffers for each channel + * @param[in] in_stride distance between consecutive input samples (measured in bytes) + * @param len length of audio frame size (measured in samples) + *) +function av_audio_convert(ctx: PAVAudioConvert; + out[6]: {const} P6; out_stride[6]: {const} I6; + in[6]: {const} P6; in_stride[6]: {const} I6; len: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__codec; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/cpu.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/cpu.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..635b8928 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/cpu.pas @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/cpu.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +const + + AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE = $80000000; (* force usage of selected flags (OR) *) + + (* lower 16 bits - CPU features *) + AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX = $0001; ///< standard MMX + AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT = $0002; ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext + AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 = $0002; ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext + AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW = $0004; ///< AMD 3DNOW + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE = $0008; ///< SSE functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 = $0010; ///< PIV SSE2 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW = $40000000; ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT = $0020; ///< AMD 3DNowExt + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 = $0040; ///< Prescott SSE3 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW = $20000000; ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 = $0080; ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM = $10000000; ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 = $0100; ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 = $0200; ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX = $4000; ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used + AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP = $0400; ///< Bulldozer XOP functions + AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 = $0800; ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions + + AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV = $1001000; ///< supports cmov instruction + + AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC = $0001; ///< standard + + AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE = (1 << 0); + AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 = (1 << 1); + AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 = (1 << 2); + AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP = (1 << 3); + AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 = (1 << 4); + AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON = (1 << 5); + +(** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in a application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + *) +function av_get_cpu_flags(): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + *) +procedure av_force_cpu_flags(flags: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). + * This function is mainly useful for testing. + * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible + * + * @warning this function is not thread safe. + *) +procedure av_set_cpu_flags_mask(mask: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; + +(** + * Parse CPU flags from a string. + * + * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. + * + * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. + * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. + * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. + *) +function av_parse_cpu_flags(s: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; + +(** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + *) +function av_parse_cpu_caps(flags: Pcuint; s: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + *) +function av_cpu_count(): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(* The following CPU-specific functions shall not be called directly. *) +function ff_get_cpu_flags_arm(): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function ff_get_cpu_flags_ppc(): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function ff_get_cpu_flags_x86(): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/dict.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/dict.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21886657 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/dict.pas @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +(* + * AVDictionary + * copyright (c) 2011 Karl-Michael Schindler <karl-michael.schindler@web.de> + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * + * Conversion of libavutil/dict.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +const + AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE = 1; + AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX = 2; + AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY = 4; (**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() and children. *) + AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL = 8; (**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() and chilren. *) + AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE = 16; (**< Don't overwrite existing entries. *) + AV_DICT_APPEND = 32; (**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. *) + +type + PAVDictionaryEntry = ^TAVDictionaryEntry; + TAVDictionaryEntry = record + key: PAnsiChar; + value: PAnsiChar; + end; + +(* with the "help" of libavutil/internal.h: *) + + PPAVDictionary = ^PAVDictionary; + PAVDictionary = ^TAVDictionary; + TAVDictionary = record + count: cint; + elems: PAVDictionaryEntry; + end; + +(** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param flags Allows case as well as suffix-insensitive comparisons. + * @return Found entry or NULL, changing key or value leads to undefined behavior. + *) +function av_dict_get(m: PAVDictionary; {const} key: PAnsiChar; {const} prev: PAVDictionaryEntry; flags: cint): PAVDictionaryEntry; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + *) +function av_dict_count({const} m: PAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags) + * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + *) +function av_dict_set(var pm: PAVDictionary; {const} key: PAnsiChar; {const} value: PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add to a dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. + * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + *) +function av_dict_parse_string(var pm: PAVDictionary; {const} str: PAnsiChar; + {const} key_val_sep: PAnsiChar; {const} pairs_sep: PAnsiChar; + flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct + * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + *) +procedure av_dict_copy(var dst: PAVDictionary; src: PAVDictionary; flags: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + *) +procedure av_dict_free(var m: PAVDictionary); + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/error.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/error.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4406c2cd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/error.pas @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/error.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +(** + * @file + * error code definitions + *) + +(** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + *) + +{* error handling *} + +const +{$IFDEF UNIX} + ENOENT = ESysENOENT; + EIO = ESysEIO; + ENOMEM = ESysENOMEM; + EINVAL = ESysEINVAL; + EDOM = ESysEDOM; + ENOSYS = ESysENOSYS; + EILSEQ = ESysEILSEQ; + EPIPE = ESysEPIPE; +{$ELSE} + ENOENT = 2; + EIO = 5; + ENOMEM = 12; + EINVAL = 22; + EPIPE = 32; // just an assumption. needs to be checked. + EDOM = 33; + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + // Note: we assume that ffmpeg was compiled with MinGW. + // This must be changed if DLLs were compiled with cygwin. + ENOSYS = 40; // MSVC/MINGW: 40, CYGWIN: 88, LINUX/FPC: 38 + EILSEQ = 42; // MSVC/MINGW: 42, CYGWIN: 138, LINUX/FPC: 84 + {$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * We need the sign of the error, because some platforms have + * E* and errno already negated. The previous version failed + * with Delphi, because it needed EINVAL defined. + * Warning: This code is platform dependent and assumes constants + * to be 32 bit. + * This version does the following steps: + * 1) shr 30: shifts the sign bit to bit position 2 + * 2) and $00000002: sets all other bits to zero + * positive EINVAL gives 0, negative gives 2 + * 3) - 1: positive EINVAL gives -1, negative 1 + *) +const + AVERROR_SIGN = (EINVAL shr 30) and $00000002 - 1; + +(* +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. *} +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. *} +#else +{* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. *} +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif +*) + +const + + // Note: function calls as constant-initializers are invalid + AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('B') shl 8) or (ord('S') shl 16) or (ord('F') shl 24)); ///< Bitstream filter not found + AVERROR_BUG = -(ord('B') or (ord('U') shl 8) or (ord('G') shl 16) or (ord('!') shl 24)); ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 + AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL = -(ord('B') or (ord('U') shl 8) or (ord('F') shl 16) or (ord('S') shl 24)); ///< Buffer too small + AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('D') shl 8) or (ord('E') shl 16) or (ord('C') shl 24)); ///< Decoder not found + AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('D') shl 8) or (ord('E') shl 16) or (ord('M') shl 24)); ///< Demuxer not found + AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('E') shl 8) or (ord('N') shl 16) or (ord('C') shl 24)); ///< Encoder not found + AVERROR_EOF = -(ord('E') or (ord('O') shl 8) or (ord('F') shl 16) or (ord(' ') shl 24)); ///< End of file + AVERROR_EXIT = -(ord('E') or (ord('X') shl 8) or (ord('I') shl 16) or (ord('T') shl 24)); ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted + AVERROR_EXTERNAL = -(ord('E') or (ord('X') shl 8) or (ord('T') shl 16) or (ord(' ') shl 24)); ///< Generic error in an external library + AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('F') shl 8) or (ord('I') shl 16) or (ord('L') shl 24)); ///< Filter not found + AVERROR_INVALIDDATA = -(ord('I') or (ord('N') shl 8) or (ord('D') shl 16) or (ord('A') shl 24)); ///< Invalid data found when processing input + AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('M') shl 8) or (ord('U') shl 16) or (ord('X') shl 24)); ///< Muxer not found + AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('O') shl 8) or (ord('P') shl 16) or (ord('T') shl 24)); ///< Option not found + AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME = -(ord('P') or (ord('A') shl 8) or (ord('W') shl 16) or (ord('E') shl 24)); ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome + AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('P') shl 8) or (ord('R') shl 16) or (ord('O') shl 24)); ///< Protocol not found + AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND = -(ord($F8) or (ord('S') shl 8) or (ord('T') shl 16) or (ord('R') shl 24)); ///< Stream not found + +(** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + *) + AVERROR_BUG2 = -(ord('B') or (ord('U') shl 8) or (ord('G') shl 16) or (ord(' ') shl 24)); + AVERROR_UNKNOWN = -(ord('U') or (ord('N') shl 8) or (ord('K') shl 16) or (ord('N') shl 24)); ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library + AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL = -($2bb2afa8); ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. + + AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE = 64; + +(* + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + *) +function av_strerror(errnum: cint; errbuf: PAnsiChar; errbuf_size: size_t): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + *) +function av_make_error_string(errbuf: Pchar; errbuf_size: size_t; errnum: cint): Pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +// Note: defined in avutil.pas + +(** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + *) +function av_err2str(errnum: cint): pchar; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +// Note: defined in avutil.pas + +(** + * @} + *) diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/log.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/log.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73057a36 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/log.pas @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/log.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +(** + * @file + * log + *) + +type + PAVClassCategory = ^TAVClassCategory; + TAVClassCategory = ( + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API + ); + +// struct AVOptionRanges; + +(** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + *) + PAVClass = ^TAVClass; + TAVClass = record + (** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + *) + class_name: PAnsiChar; + + (** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + *) + item_name: function(ctx: pointer): PAnsiChar; cdecl; + + (** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + *) + option: PAVOption; + + (** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + *) + version: cint; + + (** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + *) + log_level_offset_offset: cint; + + (** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + *) + parent_log_context_offset: cint; + + (** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + *) + child_next: function (obj: pointer; prev: pointer): pointer; cdecl; + + (** + * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential + * AVOptions-enabled child. + * + * The difference between child_next and this is that + * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while + * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. + *) + child_class_next: function (prev: {const} PAVClass): {const} PAVClass; cdecl; + + (** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + *) + category: TAVClassCategory; + + (** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + *) + get_category: function (ctx: pointer): PAVClassCategory; cdecl; + + (** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + *) + query_ranges: function (P: PPAVOptionRanges; obj: pointer; key: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; cdecl; +end; + +const + AV_LOG_QUIET = -8; + +(** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + *) + AV_LOG_PANIC = 0; + +(** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + *) + AV_LOG_FATAL = 8; + +(** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + *) + AV_LOG_ERROR = 16; + +(** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + *) + AV_LOG_WARNING = 24; + + AV_LOG_INFO = 32; + AV_LOG_VERBOSE = 40; + +(** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + *) + AV_LOG_DEBUG = 48; + + AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET = (AV_LOG_DEBUG - AV_LOG_QUIET); + +(** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different av_vlog callback + * function. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @see av_vlog + *) + +{** to be translated if needed +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); +**} + +type + va_list = pointer; + +procedure av_vlog(avcl: pointer; level: cint; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; dummy: va_list); + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_log_get_level(): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +procedure av_log_set_level(level: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; + +{** to be translated if needed +void av_log_set_callback(void (*)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); +void av_log_default_callback(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl); +**} + +function av_default_item_name (ctx: pointer): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_default_get_category(ptr: pointer): TAVClassCategory; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formated line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + *) +procedure av_log_format_line(ptr: pointer; level: cint; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; vl: va_list; + line: PAnsiChar; line_size: cint; print_prefix: Pcint); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * av_dlog macros + * Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally. + *) +(** to be translated if needed +#ifdef DEBUG +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#endif +**) + +(** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + *) +const + AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED = 1; + +procedure av_log_set_flags(arg: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/mathematics.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/mathematics.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60c9e16c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/mathematics.pas @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +(* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/mathematics.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +const + M_E = 2.7182818284590452354; // e + M_LN2 = 0.69314718055994530942; // log_e 2 + M_LN10 = 2.30258509299404568402; // log_e 10 + M_LOG2_10 = 3.32192809488736234787; // log_2 10 + M_PHI = 1.61803398874989484820; // phi / golden ratio + M_PI = 3.14159265358979323846; // pi + M_SQRT1_2 = 0.70710678118654752440; // 1/sqrt(2) + M_SQRT2 = 1.41421356237309504880; // sqrt(2) + NAN = $7fc00000; + INFINITY = $7f800000; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @{ + *) + +type + TAVRounding = ( + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192 ///< Flag to pass INT64_MIN/MAX through instead of rescaling, this avoids special cases for AV_NOPTS_VALUE + ); + +(** + * Return the greatest common divisor of a and b. + * If both a or b are 0 or either or both are <0 then behavior is + * undefined. + *) +function av_gcd(a: cint64; b: cint64): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow. + *) +function av_rescale (a, b, c: cint64): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow. + * + * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is + * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged. + *) +function av_rescale_rnd (a, b, c: cint64; enum: TAVRounding): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + *) +function av_rescale_q (a: cint64; bq, cq: TAVRational): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is + * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged. + *) +function av_rescale_q_rnd(a: cint64; bq, cq: TAVRational; + enum: TAVRounding): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases. + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps + * is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase. + * @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position + *) +function av_compare_ts(ts_a: cint64; tb_a: TAVRational; ts_b: cint64; tb_b: TAVRational): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Compare 2 integers modulo mod. + * That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least + * significant log2(mod) bits are known. + * + * @param mod must be a power of 2 + * @return a negative value if a is smaller than b + * a positiv value if a is greater than b + * 0 if a equals b + *) +function av_compare_mod(a: cuint64; b: cuint64; modVar: cuint64): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * @param in_ts Input timestamp + * @param in_tb Input timesbase + * @param fs_tb Duration and *last timebase + * @param duration duration till the next call + * @param out_tb Output timesbase + *) +function av_rescale_delta(in_tb: TAVRational; in_ts: cint64; fs_tb: TAVRational; duration: cint; last: Pcint64; out_tb: TAVRational): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; + diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/mem.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/mem.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17c3461c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/mem.pas @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/mem.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +(** + * @file + * error code definitions + *) + +(* memory handling functions *) + +(** + * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated. + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_mallocz() + *) +function av_malloc(size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1)} + +(** + * Helper function to allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with + * using av_malloc() + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_malloc() + *) +function av_malloc_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} {av_alloc_size(1, 2)} +// Note: defined in avutil.pas + +(** + * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory. + * If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If + * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr. + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_malloc(z)() or av_realloc() or NULL. + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated. + * @return Pointer to a newly reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be allocated or the function is used to free the memory block. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + *) +function av_realloc(ptr: pointer; size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_alloc_size(2)} + +(** + * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory. + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except: + * - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for + * integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;". + *) +function av_realloc_f(ptr: pointer; nelem: size_t; elsize: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate or reallocate an array. + * If ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If + * nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr. + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_malloc(z)() or av_realloc() or NULL. + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to a newly reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block. + *) +function av_realloc_array(ptr: pointer; nmemb, size: size_t): pointer; {av_alloc_size(2, 3)} + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate or reallocate an array. + * If *ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If + * nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr. + * @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_malloc(z)() or av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure. + *) +function av_reallocp_array(ptr: pointer; nmemb, size: size_t): cint; {av_alloc_size(2, 3)} + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or + * av_realloc(). + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead. + * @see av_freep() + *) +procedure av_free(ptr: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and + * zeroes all the bytes of the block. + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated. + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated. + * @see av_malloc() + *) +function av_mallocz(size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1)} + +(** + * Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and + * zero all the bytes of the block. + * The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal + * to INT_MAX. + * @param nmemb + * @param size + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated. + *) +function av_calloc(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib} + +(** + * Helper function to allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with + * using av_mallocz() + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + *) +function av_mallocz_array(nmemb: size_t; size: size_t): pointer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} {av_alloc_size(1, 2)} +// Note: defined in avutil.pas + +(** + * Duplicate the string s. + * @param s string to be duplicated. + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated string containing a + * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated. + *) +function av_strdup({const} s: PAnsiChar): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib} + +(** + * Duplicate the buffer p. + * @param p buffer to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of p or NULL if the buffer cannot be allocated. + *) +function av_memdup({const} p: pointer; size: size_t): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or + * av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should + * be freed. + * @see av_free() + *) +procedure av_freep (ptr: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and + * *nb_ptr is set to 0. + * + * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow + * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param elem element to add + * @see av_dynarray2_add() + *) +procedure av_dynarray_add(tab_ptr: pointer; nb_ptr: Pcint; elem: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Add an element of size elem_size to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and + * *nb_ptr is set to 0. + * + * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow + * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param elem_size size in bytes of the elements in the array + * @param elem_data pointer to the data of the element to add. If NULL, the space of + * the new added element is not filled. + * @return pointer to the data of the element to copy in the new allocated space. + * If NULL, the new allocated space is left uninitialized." + * @see av_dynarray_add() + *) +function av_dynarray2_add(tab_ptr: Pointer; nb_ptr: Pcint; elem_size: size_t; + {const} elem_data: Pcuint8): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow. + * @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow. + *) +//static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) +{ + size_t t = a * b; + /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize + * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ + if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) + return AVERROR(EINVAL); + *r = t; + return 0; +} + +(** + * Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block. + *) +procedure av_max_alloc(max: size_t); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @brief deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0 + * @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0 + * + * cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back. + *) +procedure av_memcpy_backptr(dst: Pcuint8; back: cint; cnt: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; + diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/opt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/opt.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..983e923b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/opt.pas @@ -0,0 +1,614 @@ +(* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/opt.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +type + TAVOptionType = ( +{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS} + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 0, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128 +{$ELSE} + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128, + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = $434F4C52 ///< MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = $44555220 ///< MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '), + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = $50464D54, ///< MKBETAG('P','F','M','T') + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = $53464D54, ///< MKBETAG('S','F','M','T') + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = $53495A45 ///< MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = $56524154 ///< MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), offset must point to AVRational +{$ENDIF} + ); + +const + AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM = 1; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding + AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM = 2; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding + AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA = 4; ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... + AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM = 8; + AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM = 16; + AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM = 32; + AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM = 1 shl 16; ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering + +type + (** + * AVOption + *) + PAVOption = ^TAVOption; + TAVOption = record + name: {const} PAnsiChar; + + (** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + *) + help: {const} PAnsiChar; + + (** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + *) + offset: cint; + type_: TAVOptionType; + + (** + * the default value for scalar options + *) + default_val: record + case cint of + 0: (i64: cint64); + 1: (dbl: cdouble); + 2: (str: PAnsiChar); + (* TODO those are unused now *) + 3: (q: TAVRational); + end; + min: cdouble; ///< minimum valid value for the option + max: cdouble; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + flags: cint; +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + (** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + *) + unit_: {const} PAnsiChar; + end; + + (** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + *) + PAVOptionRange = ^TAVOptionRange; + PPAVOptionRange = ^PAVOptionRange; + TAVOptionRange = record + str: {const} PAnsiChar; + value_min, value_max: cdouble; ///< For string ranges this represents the min/max length, for dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count + component_min, component_max: cdouble; ///< For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII + is_range: cint; ///< if set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value + end; + + (** + * List of AVOptionRange structs + *) + PAVOptionRanges = ^TAVOptionRanges; + PPAVOptionRanges = ^PAVOptionRanges; + TAVOptionRanges = record + range: PPAVOptionRange; + nb_ranges: cint; + end; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_FIND_OPT} +(** + * Look for an option in obj. Look only for the options which + * have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is, + * for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags). + * + * @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass + * @param[in] name the name of the option to look for + * @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL + * @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * has been found + *) +function av_find_opt(obj: Pointer; {const} name: {const} PAnsiChar; {const} unit_: PAnsiChar; mask: cint; flags: cint): {const} PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS} +(** + * Set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an + * AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string + * type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption + * found + * @param alloc when 1 then the old value will be av_freed() and the + * new av_strduped() + * when 0 then no av_free() nor av_strdup() will be used + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + * @deprecated use av_opt_set() + *) +function av_set_string3(obj: Pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAnsiChar; alloc: cint; out o_out: {const} PAVOption): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; + +function av_set_double(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; n: cdouble): PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; +function av_set_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; n: TAVRational): PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; +function av_set_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; n: cint64): PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; + +function av_get_double(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; out o_out: {const} PAVOption): cdouble; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_get_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; out o_out: {const} PAVOption): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_get_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; out o_out: {const} PAVOption): cint64; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_get_string(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; out o_out: {const} PAVOption; buf: PAnsiChar; buf_len: cint): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; +function av_next_option(obj: pointer; last: {const} PAVOption): PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + *) +function av_opt_show2(obj: pointer; av_log_obj: pointer; req_flags: cint; rej_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + *) +procedure av_opt_set_defaults(s: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS} +procedure av_opt_set_defaults2(s: Pointer; mask: cint; flags: cint); + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set +*) +function av_set_options_string(ctx: pointer; opts: {const} PAnsiChar; + key_val_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; pairs_sep: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + *) +function av_opt_set_from_string(ctx: pointer; opts: {const} PAnsiChar; + shorthand: {const} PAnsiChar; + key_val_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; pairs_sep: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free all string and binary options in obj. + *) +procedure av_opt_free(obj: pointer); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + *) +function av_opt_flag_is_set(obj: pointer; field_name: {const} PAnsiChar; flag_name: {const} PAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + *) +function av_opt_set_dict(obj: pointer; var options: PAVDictionary): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + *) +av_opt_get_key_value(ropts: {const} PPAnsiChar; + key_val_sep: {const} PAnsiChar; pairs_sep: {const} PAnsiChar + flags: byte, + rkey, rval: PPAnsiChar): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +const + (** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + *) + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1; + +(** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + *) +function av_opt_eval_flags (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; flags_out: Pcint): cint; +function av_opt_eval_int (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; int_out: Pcint): cint; +function av_opt_eval_int64 (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; int64_out: Pcint64): cint; +function av_opt_eval_float (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; float_out: Pcfloat): cint; +function av_opt_eval_double(obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; double_out: Pcdouble): cint; +function av_opt_eval_q (obj: pointer; o: {const} PAVOption; val: {const} PAnsiChar; q_out: PAVRational): cint; +(** + * @} + *) + + const + AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN = 0001; (**< Search in possible children of the + given object first.*) +(** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + *) + AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ = 0002; + +(** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_set_string3(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + *) +function av_opt_find(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; unit_: {const} PAnsiChar; + opt_flags: cint; search_flags: cint): PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + *) +function av_opt_find2(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; unit_: {const} PAnsiChar; + opt_flags: cint; search_flags: cint; out target_obj: pointer): {const} PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + *) +function av_opt_next(obj: pointer; prev: {const} PAVOption): {const} PAVOption; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + *) +function av_opt_child_next(obj: pointer; prev: pointer): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + *) +function av_opt_child_class_next(parent: {const} PAVClass; prev: {const} PAVClass): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + *) +function av_opt_set (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: cint64; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_double (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: cdouble; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: TAVRational; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_bin (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} cuint8; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_image_size(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; w, h, search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; fmt: TAVPixelFormat; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_sample_fmt(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; fmt: TAVPixelFormat; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_set_video_rate(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: TAVRational; search_flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + *) +{to be translated +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) +} +(** + * @} + *) + +(** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + *) +(** + * @note the returned string will av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + *) +function av_opt_get (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out out_val: Pcuint8): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_int (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: Pcint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_double (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: Pcdouble): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_q (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: PAVRational): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_image_size(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; w_out, h_out: Pcint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_fmt: PAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_sample_fmt(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_fmt: PAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +function av_opt_get_video_rate(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; search_flags: cint; out_val: PAVRational): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; +(** + * @} + *) +(** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + *) +function av_opt_ptr(avclass: {const} PAVClass; obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar): pointer; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + *) +procedure av_opt_freep_ranges(ranges: PPAVOptionRanges); + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative errro code otherwise + *) +function av_opt_query_ranges(P: PPAVOptionRanges; obj: pointer; key: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative errro code otherwise + *) +function av_opt_query_ranges_default(P: PPAVOptionRanges; obj: pointer; key: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * @} + *) diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/pixfmt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/pixfmt.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c80e13d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/pixfmt.pas @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +(* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/pixfmt.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +(** + * @file + * Pixel format + *) + +const + AVPALETTE_SIZE = 1024; + AVPALETTE_COUNT = 256; + +type +(** + * Pixel format. Notes: + * + * @note + * PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB (PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + * + * @note + * make sure that all newly added big endian formats have pix_fmt&1==1 + * and that all newly added little endian formats have pix_fmt&1==0 + * this allows simpler detection of big vs little endian. + *) + + PAVPixelFormat = ^TAVPixelFormat; + TAVPixelFormat = ( + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT, + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1 + + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + //the following 10 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth, thus + //If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately + //is better + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA + +{$IFDEF AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER} + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian +{$ENDIF} + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + /** + * duplicated pixel formats for compatibility with libav. + * FFmpeg supports these formats since May 8 2012 and Jan 28 2012 (commits f9ca1ac7 and 143a5c55) + * Libav added them Oct 12 2012 with incompatible values (commit 6d5600e85) + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P_LIBAV, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P_LIBAV, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + +{$IFNDEF AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER} + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE = $123, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian +{$ENDIF} + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB = $123 + 4, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0... + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions + ); + +{$IFDEF AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_FORK_ABI} +const + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P_LIBAV; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P = AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P_LIBAV; +{$ENDIF} + +const + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP; + +{$IFDEF WORDS_BIGENDIAN} + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA; + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB; + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR; + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14= AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE; +{$ELSE} + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB; + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0; + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0; + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14= AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE; + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE; + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE; +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF FF_API_PIX_FMT} +type + PixelFormat = AVPixelFormat; + +const + PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A; + PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P; + + PIX_FMT_RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32; + PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1; + PIX_FMT_BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32; + PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1; + PIX_FMT_0RGB32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32; + PIX_FMT_0BGR32 = AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32; + + PIX_FMT_GRAY16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16; + PIX_FMT_RGB48 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48; + PIX_FMT_RGB565 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565; + PIX_FMT_RGB555 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555; + PIX_FMT_RGB444 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444; + PIX_FMT_BGR48 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48; + PIX_FMT_BGR565 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565; + PIX_FMT_BGR555 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555; + PIX_FMT_BGR444 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444; + + PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9; + PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9; + PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9; + PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10; + PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10; + PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10; + PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12; + PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12; + PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12; + PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14; + PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14; + PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14; + PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16; + PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16; + PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16; + + PIX_FMT_RGBA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64; + PIX_FMT_BGRA64 = AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64; + PIX_FMT_GBRP9 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9; + PIX_FMT_GBRP10 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10; + PIX_FMT_GBRP12 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12; + PIX_FMT_GBRP14 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14; + PIX_FMT_GBRP16 = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16; +{$ENDIF} diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/samplefmt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/samplefmt.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..877d6207 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/libavutil/samplefmt.pas @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +(* + * SampleFormat + * copyright (c) 2011 Karl-Michael Schindler <karl-michael.schindler@web.de> + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg. + * + * Conversion of libavutil/samplefmt.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +type +(** + * Audio Sample Formats + * + * @par + * The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * @par + * The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * @par + * The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + *) + TAVSampleFormat = ( + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically + ); + TAVSampleFormatArray = array [0 .. MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVSampleFormat) - 1] of TAVSampleFormat; + PAVSampleFormatArray = ^TAVSampleFormatArray; + +(** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + *) +function av_get_sample_fmt_name(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): {const} PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + *) +function av_get_sample_fmt(name: {const} PAnsiChar): TAVSampleFormat; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + *) +function av_get_alt_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; planar: cint): TAVSampleFormat; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + *) +function av_get_packed_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): TAVSampleFormat; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + *) +function av_get_planar_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): TAVSampleFormat; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + *) +function av_get_sample_fmt_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external av__util; + +{$IFDEF FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT} +(** + * @deprecated Use av_get_bytes_per_sample() instead. + *) +function av_get_bits_per_sample_fmt(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; deprecated; +{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + *) +function av_get_bytes_per_sample(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +type + OctArrayOfPcuint8 = array[0..7] of Pcuint8; + OctArrayOfcint = array[0..7] of cint; + +(** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + *) +function av_sample_fmt_is_planar(sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + *) +function av_samples_get_buffer_size(linesize: Pcint; nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case + * of success at the next bump + *) +function av_samples_fill_arrays(var audio_data: Pcuint8; linesize: Pcint; + buf: Pcuint8; + nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + *) +function av_samples_alloc(var audio_data: Pcuint8; linesize: Pcint; + nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + *) +function av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(var audio_data: Pcuint8; linesize: Pcint; + nb_channels: cint; nb_samples: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat; align: cint): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + *) +function av_samples_copy(var dst: Pcuint8; src: {const} Pcuint8; dst_offset: cint; + src_offset: cint; nb_samples: cint; nb_channels: cint; + sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + *) +function av_samples_set_silence(var audio_data: Pcuint8; offset: cint; nb_samples: cint; + nb_channels: cint; sample_fmt: TAVSampleFormat): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/rational.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/rational.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54319362 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/rational.pas @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +(* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg. + * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows. + * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT + * in the source codes. + * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libavutil/rational.h + * avutil version 52.38.100 + * + *) + +unit rational; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI} + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + UConfig; + +(** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @{ + *) + +type +(** + * rational number numerator/denominator + *) + PAVRational = ^TAVRational; + TAVRational = record + num: cint; ///< numerator + den: cint; ///< denominator + end; + + TAVRationalArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVRational))-1] of TAVRational; + PAVRationalArray = ^TAVRationalArray; + +(** + * Compare two rationals. + * @param a first rational + * @param b second rational + * @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the + * values is of the form 0/0 + *) +function av_cmp_q(a: TAVRational; b: TAVRational): cint; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Convert rational to double. + * @param a rational to convert + * @return (double) a + *) +function av_q2d(a: TAVRational): cdouble; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Reduce a fraction. + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * @param dst_num destination numerator + * @param dst_den destination denominator + * @param num source numerator + * @param den source denominator + * @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den + * @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise + *) +function av_reduce(dst_num: PCint; dst_den: PCint; num: cint64; den: cint64; max: cint64): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b*c + *) +function av_mul_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b/c + *) +function av_div_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b+c + *) +function av_add_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b-c + *) +function av_sub_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + *) +function av_inv_q(q: TAVRational): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + +(** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign. + * + * @param d double to convert + * @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return (AVRational) d + *) +function av_d2q(d: cdouble; max: cint): TAVRational; + cdecl; external av__util; {av_const} + +(** + * @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer + * than q1, 0 if they have the same distance. + *) +function av_nearer_q(q, q1, q2: TAVRational): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +(** + * Find the nearest value in q_list to q. + * @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0} + * @return the index of the nearest value found in the array + *) +function av_find_nearest_q_idx(q: TAVRational; q_list: {const} PAVRationalArray): cint; + cdecl; external av__util; + +implementation + +function av_cmp_q (a: TAVRational; b: TAVRational): cint; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +var + tmp: cint64; +begin + tmp := a.num * cint64(b.den) - b.num * cint64(a.den); + +{ old version + if (tmp <> 0) then + Result := (tmp shr 63) or 1 + else + Result := 0; +} +{ C original: + if(tmp) return ((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + + if tmp <> 0 then + Result := ((tmp xor a.den xor b.den) shr 63) or 1 + else if (b.den and a.den) <> 0 then + Result := 0 + else if (a.num and b.num) <> 0 then + Result := (a.num shr 31) - (b.num shr 31) + else + Result := low(cint); + +end; + +function av_q2d(a: TAVRational): cdouble; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result := a.num / a.den; +end; + +function av_inv_q(q: TAVRational): TAVRational; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} +begin + Result.num := q.den; + Result.den := q.num; +end; + +end. diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/swscale.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/swscale.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6bcd3638 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg-2.1/swscale.pas @@ -0,0 +1,486 @@ +(* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * FFmpeg Pascal port + * - Ported by the UltraStar Deluxe Team + * + * Conversion of libswscale/swscale.h + * version: 2.3.100 + *) + +unit swscale; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE DELPHI } + {$PACKENUM 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) + {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *) +{$ELSE} + {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *) +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF DARWIN} + {$linklib libswscale} +{$ENDIF} + +interface + +uses + ctypes, + avutil, + avcodec, + UConfig; + +const +(* + * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some + * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with + * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes, + * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not + * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might + * occur. + * + * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and + * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable + * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us + * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX. + * + * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to + * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but + * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT + * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED. + * + * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes + * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers. + * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes + * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before + * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid + * fix. + *) + + (* Max. supported version by this header *) + LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR = 2; + LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR = 3; + LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 100; + LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION = (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) + + (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) + + (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE); + +(* Check if linked versions are supported *) +{$IF (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION > LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION)} + {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libswscale is not yet supported!'} +{$IFEND} + +type + TQuadCintArray = array[0..3] of cint; + PQuadCintArray = ^TQuadCintArray; + TCintArray = array[0..0] of cint; + PCintArray = ^TCintArray; + TPCuint8Array = array[0..0] of PCuint8; + PPCuint8Array = ^TPCuint8Array; + +(* libswscale/version.h start *) + +const +(** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + *) +{$ifndef FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT} + FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT = LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3; +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS} + FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS = LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3; +{$endif} +{$ifndef FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME} + FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME = LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3; +{$endif} + +(* libswscale/version.h end *) + +(** + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + *) +function swscale_version(): cuint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + *) +function swscale_configuration(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Return the libswscale license. + *) +function swscale_license(): PAnsiChar; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +const + (* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different *) + SWS_FAST_BILINEAR = 1; + SWS_BILINEAR = 2; + SWS_BICUBIC = 4; + SWS_X = 8; + SWS_POINT = $10; + SWS_AREA = $20; + SWS_BICUBLIN = $40; + SWS_GAUSS = $80; + SWS_SINC = $100; + SWS_LANCZOS = $200; + SWS_SPLINE = $400; + + SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK = $30000; + SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT = 16; + + SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT = 123456; + + SWS_PRINT_INFO = $1000; + + // the following 3 flags are not completely implemented + // internal chrominace subsampling info + SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT = $2000; + // input subsampling info + SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP = $4000; + SWS_DIRECT_BGR = $8000; + SWS_ACCURATE_RND = $40000; + SWS_BITEXACT = $80000; + +{$IF FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS} +(** + * CPU caps are autodetected now, those flags + * are only provided for API compatibility. + *) + SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX = $80000000; + SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMXEXT = $20000000; + SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 = $20000000; + SWS_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW = $40000000; + SWS_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC = $10000000; + SWS_CPU_CAPS_BFIN = $01000000; + SWS_CPU_CAPS_SSE2 = $02000000; +{$IFEND} + + SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF = 0.002; + + SWS_CS_ITU709 = 1; + SWS_CS_FCC = 4; + SWS_CS_ITU601 = 5; + SWS_CS_ITU624 = 5; + SWS_CS_SMPTE170M = 5; + SWS_CS_SMPTE240M = 7; + SWS_CS_DEFAULT = 5; + +(** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + *) +function sws_getCoefficients(colorspace: cint): Pcint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +type + + // when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements + // coeffs cannot be shared between vectors + PSwsVector = ^TSwsVector; + TSwsVector = record + coeff: PCdouble; // pointer to the list of coefficients + length: cint; // number of coefficients in the vector + end; + + // vectors can be shared + PSwsFilter = ^TSwsFilter; + TSwsFilter = record + lumH: PSwsVector; + lumV: PSwsVector; + chrH: PSwsVector; + chrV: PSwsVector; + end; + + PSwsContext = ^TSwsContext; + TSwsContext = record + {internal structure} + end; + +(** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + *) +function sws_isSupportedInput(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + *) +function sws_isSupportedOutput(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is + * supported, 0 otherwise. + *) +function sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + *) +function sws_alloc_context(): PSwsContext; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + *) +function sws_init_context(sws_context: PSwsContext; srcFilter: PSwsFilter; dstFilter: PSwsFilter): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + *) +procedure sws_freeContext(swsContext: PSwsContext); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +{$IF FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT} +(** + * Allocate and return a SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + * @deprecated Use sws_getCachedContext() instead. + *) +function sws_getContext(srcW: cint; srcH: cint; srcFormat: TAVPixelFormat; + dstW: cint; dstH: cint; dstFormat: TAVPixelFormat; + flags: cint; srcFilter: PSwsFilter; + dstFilter: PSwsFilter; param: PCdouble): PSwsContext; + cdecl; external sw__scale; +{$IFEND} + +(** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + *) +function sws_scale(c: PSwsContext; {const} srcSlice: PPCuint8Array; + {const} srcStride: PCintArray; srcSliceY: cint; srcSliceH: cint; + {const} dst: PPCuint8Array; {const} dstStride: PCintArray): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * @return -1 if not supported + *) +function sws_setColorspaceDetails(c: PSwsContext; inv_table: PQuadCintArray; + srcRange: cint; table: PQuadCintArray; dstRange: cint; + brightness: cint; contrast: cint; saturation: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * @return -1 if not supported + *) +function sws_getColorspaceDetails(c: PSwsContext; var inv_table: PQuadCintArray; + var srcRange: cint; var table: PQuadCintArray; var dstRange: cint; + var brightness: cint; var contrast: cint; var saturation: cint): cint; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + *) +function sws_allocVec(length: cint): PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + *) +function sws_getGaussianVec(variance: cdouble; quality: cdouble): PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Allocate and return a vector with length coefficients, all + * with the same value c. + *) +function sws_getConstVec(c: cdouble; length: cint): PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Allocate and return a vector with just one coefficient, with + * value 1.0. + *) +function sws_getIdentityVec: PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + *) +procedure sws_scaleVec(a: PSwsVector; scalar: cdouble); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + *) +procedure sws_normalizeVec(a: PSwsVector; height: cdouble); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +procedure sws_convVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +procedure sws_addVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +procedure sws_subVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +procedure sws_shiftVec(a: PSwsVector; shift: cint); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Allocate and return a clone of the vector a, that is a vector + * with the same coefficients as a. + *) +function sws_cloneVec(a: PSwsVector): PSwsVector; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Print with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a + * if log_level <= av_log_level. + *) +procedure sws_printVec2(a: PSwsVector; + log_ctx: PAVClass; // PAVClass is declared in avcodec.pas + log_level: cint); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +procedure sws_freeVec(a: PSwsVector); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +function sws_getDefaultFilter(lumaGBlur: cfloat; chromaGBlur: cfloat; + lumaSharpen: cfloat; chromaSharpen: cfloat; + chromaHShift: cfloat; chromaVShift: cfloat; + verbose: cint): PSwsFilter; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +procedure sws_freeFilter(filter: PSwsFilter); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocates a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + *) +function sws_getCachedContext(context: PSwsContext; + srcW: cint; srcH: cint; srcFormat: TAVPixelFormat; + dstW: cint; dstH: cint; dstFormat: TAVPixelFormat; + flags: cint; srcFilter: PSwsFilter; + dstFilter: PSwsFilter; param: PCdouble): PSwsContext; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Convert an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32-bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + *) +procedure sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32({const} src: PPCuint8Array; + dst: PPCuint8Array; + num_pixels: cint; + {const} palette: PPCuint8Array); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Convert an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + *) +procedure sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24({const} src: PPCuint8Array; + dst: PPCuint8Array; + num_pixels: cint; + {const} palette: PPCuint8Array); + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +(** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + *) +function sws_get_class(): {const} PAVClass; + cdecl; external sw__scale; + +implementation + +end. |